WO2013136449A1 - Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium - Google Patents

Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013136449A1
WO2013136449A1 PCT/JP2012/056435 JP2012056435W WO2013136449A1 WO 2013136449 A1 WO2013136449 A1 WO 2013136449A1 JP 2012056435 W JP2012056435 W JP 2012056435W WO 2013136449 A1 WO2013136449 A1 WO 2013136449A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
display
icon
information
displayed
indicating
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/056435
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
智也 大石
克憲 荒川
坂本 強
誠一 長谷部
翔太 佐藤
淳 大杉
宮坂 峰輝
隆一郎 松本
Original Assignee
パイオニア株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パイオニア株式会社 filed Critical パイオニア株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2012/056435 priority Critical patent/WO2013136449A1/en
Publication of WO2013136449A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013136449A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01CMEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY
    • G01C21/00Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00
    • G01C21/26Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00 specially adapted for navigation in a road network
    • G01C21/34Route searching; Route guidance
    • G01C21/36Input/output arrangements for on-board computers
    • G01C21/3679Retrieval, searching and output of POI information, e.g. hotels, restaurants, shops, filling stations, parking facilities
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096708Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the received information might be used to generate an automatic action on the vehicle control
    • G08G1/096716Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the received information might be used to generate an automatic action on the vehicle control where the received information does not generate an automatic action on the vehicle control
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096733Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where a selection of the information might take place
    • G08G1/096741Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where a selection of the information might take place where the source of the transmitted information selects which information to transmit to each vehicle
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096766Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the system is characterised by the origin of the information transmission
    • G08G1/096775Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the system is characterised by the origin of the information transmission where the origin of the information is a central station
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B29/00Maps; Plans; Charts; Diagrams, e.g. route diagram
    • G09B29/003Maps

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the technical field of a display information generation device, a display information generation method, a display information generation program, and an information recording medium. More specifically, a display information generation device and a display information generation method for generating display information to be displayed in a moving body such as a vehicle, a program used in the display information generation device, and the display information generation program are recorded. It belongs to the technical field of information recording media.
  • a map including roads and the like is displayed on a display provided at, for example, a dashboard position visible to a driver such as a vehicle, and the displayed map It is configured to provide guidance while displaying the route to the destination. That is, in the conventional navigation device, the driver recognizes the route to the destination, the intersection to be bent, etc. in relation to the roads and facilities displayed as the map while displaying the map. .
  • Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 can be cited.
  • a navigation device having a so-called head-up display (hereinafter simply referred to as HUD) has been developed in place of the display provided in the dashboard.
  • This HUD performs a special process on the portion of the windshield on the line of sight of the driver who is driving, and projects / displays necessary information such as information for turning left and right on that portion for guidance.
  • a navigation device equipped with a so-called head mounted display (hereinafter simply referred to as HMD) in which a display for displaying a map or the like is built in a helmet mounted on the driver's head.
  • HMD head mounted display
  • the navigation device provided with these HUD and HMD is suitable for safety because the driver does not need to shift his / her line of sight from the front in order to view the guidance information.
  • JP-A-6-96390 for example, FIGS. 3 to 5
  • the physical area of the area for displaying information for guidance is limited in consideration of the purpose of not shifting the driver's line of sight. Therefore, too much information cannot be displayed.
  • information for guidance is displayed together with the forward scenery that can be seen through the windshield. As a result, the information is integrated with the scenery, so that complicated information cannot be displayed. .
  • the object is to provide a display information generation device or the like for displaying the information.
  • the invention according to claim 1 is a display information generation device that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit that moves together with a moving body, and acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body.
  • a distance information acquisition unit that acquires distance information indicating a distance from a position of the moving body of a feature positioned along a moving path along which the moving body moves based on the acquired position information
  • the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path are displayed on the display means in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body.
  • the display information is configured to be generated.
  • the invention according to claim 7 is a display information generating device that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit that moves together with a moving body, and acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body.
  • a distance information acquisition unit that acquires distance information indicating a distance from a position of the moving body of a feature positioned along a moving path along which the moving body moves based on the acquired position information Based on the information acquisition means and the acquired position information and distance information, the feature index indicating the feature that appears last until the end of the movement along the moving path, and the other feature Generation means for generating the display information to be displayed on the display means so as to be identifiable from the feature index to be shown; and transmission means for transmitting the generated display information to the display means for display.
  • an invention described in claim 8 is directed to a computer included in the display information generation apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the position information acquisition unit, It functions as a distance information acquisition unit, the generation unit, and the transmission unit.
  • the display information generating program according to claim 8 is recorded so as to be readable by the computer according to claim 8.
  • the invention according to claim 10 is the display information generating method executed in the display information generating apparatus for generating the display information to be displayed on the display means that moves together with the moving body.
  • the feature index indicating the feature on both sides of the moving path is displayed in the order of appearance accompanying the movement of the moving body.
  • the display information to be displayed on the display means is identifiable from a feature index.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 1st Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example.
  • FIG. It is a figure (I) which shows the example of a display concerning the 2nd example, (a) is a figure showing the 1st example, (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example, (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows 3 examples, (d) is a figure which shows a 4th example.
  • FIG. II shows the example of a display concerning the 2nd example
  • (a) is a figure showing the 5th example
  • (b) is a figure showing the 6th example
  • (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows seven examples.
  • It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 3rd Example (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example
  • (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example
  • (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example.
  • (D) is a diagram illustrating a fourth example
  • (e) is a diagram illustrating a fifth example
  • (f) is a diagram illustrating a sixth example
  • (g) is a seventh diagram.
  • (h) is a figure which shows an 8th example. It is a figure which shows the example of a display which concerns on 4th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example. (D) is a figure which shows a 4th example, (e) is a figure which shows a 5th example. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 5th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example.
  • FIG. 1 which shows the example of a display concerning the 6th example
  • (a) is a figure showing the 1st example
  • (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example
  • (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows three examples.
  • It is a figure (II) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 6th Example
  • (a) is a figure which shows a 4th example
  • (b) is a figure which shows a 5th example.
  • FIG (I) which shows the example of a display concerning the 7th example
  • (a) is a figure showing the 1st example
  • (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example.
  • FIG. (II) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 7th Example
  • (a) is a figure which shows a 3rd example
  • (b) is a figure which shows a 4th example
  • (c) is a figure It is a figure which shows 5 examples
  • (d) is a figure which shows a 6th example.
  • FIG. (III) which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 7th Example.
  • FIG. (I) which shows the example of a display of an icon concerning the 8th example
  • (a) is a figure which illustrates the road state as a premise
  • (b) is a figure showing the 1st example.
  • FIG. II shows the example of a display concerning the 8th Example
  • (a) is a figure which shows a 2nd example
  • (b) is a figure which shows a 3rd example.
  • figure (III) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 8th Example
  • (a) is a figure which shows a 4th example
  • (b) is a figure which shows a 5th example
  • (c) is a figure
  • FIG (IV) which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 8th Example
  • (a) is a figure which shows a 7th example
  • (b) is a figure which shows an 8th example.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the display information generation apparatus according to the embodiment.
  • the display information generation apparatus is a display information generation apparatus that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit such as a liquid crystal display that moves together with a moving body such as a vehicle, a bicycle, or a person.
  • the display information generation apparatus S includes a position information acquisition unit 2A, a distance information acquisition unit 2B, a generation unit 3, and a transmission unit 2C.
  • the position information acquisition unit 2A acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body and outputs the position information to the generation unit 3 and the distance information acquisition unit 2B.
  • this position information for example, position information indicating a position detected in the moving object using so-called GPS (Global Positioning System), or position information indicating a position detected autonomously in the moving object itself is acquired.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the distance information acquisition means 2B indicates the distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves, based on the position information acquired by the position information acquisition means 2A.
  • the distance information is acquired and output to the generation unit 3.
  • This feature corresponds to, for example, various facilities located along the moving path of the moving body, a guide point in moving the moving body, or a destination point in moving.
  • the distance information for example, distance information indicating the distance detected or calculated by the device provided in the moving body is acquired.
  • the generation unit 3 displays the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body on the display unit based on the acquired position information and distance information.
  • Information is generated and output to the transmission means 2C. Then, the transmission unit 2C transmits the output display information to the display unit for display.
  • the generation means 3 uses the final feature index, which is a feature index indicating the final feature, which is the last feature that appears until the end of the movement along the moving path, as a feature indicating another feature. Display information to be displayed on the display means in an identifiable manner from the object index is generated and output to the transmission means 2C.
  • the features on both sides of the moving path are shown based on the position of the moving body and the distance from the position to the feature.
  • the feature indicators are displayed on the display means in the order of appearance. Therefore, by visually recognizing the display means on which the feature index is displayed, the presence and position of the feature itself on both sides of the moving path, the distance to the feature, etc. can be more intuitively and immediately. Can be recognized.
  • the final feature index indicating the final feature is displayed so as to be distinguishable from other feature indexes, the presence of the final feature, in other words, that there is no feature ahead of the final feature, Intuitive and immediate recognition.
  • FIGS. 2 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the navigation device according to the first embodiment, FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing icon display processing according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 4 is related to the first embodiment. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of an icon.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing extracted components related to the icon display processing according to the first embodiment in the navigation device according to the first embodiment.
  • each of the constituent members of the example corresponding to each constituent member in the display information generating device S according to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 is the same as or related to each constituent member in the display information generating device S. The member number is used.
  • a navigation device SS according to a first example to which the display information generation device S according to the embodiment is applied is a navigation device SS that is mounted on the vehicle and guides the movement of the vehicle.
  • the navigation device SS according to the first example includes a storage unit 1 including a hard disk drive that stores a map database MDB and a display database DDB in a nonvolatile manner, a processing unit 2, and an embodiment.
  • the display data generation unit 3 as an example of the generation unit 3, the operation unit 4 including an operation panel including a plurality of operation buttons or the like, or a remote control device including a plurality of operation buttons, and the like, an acceleration sensor and a vehicle speed pulse acquisition
  • the sensor unit 5 includes a self-supporting position sensor such as a unit and the GPS and the like, and a display 6 including a liquid crystal display or an HUD as an example of the “display unit” according to the present application.
  • the processing unit 2 includes a CPU, a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and the like (not shown), and an example of the position information acquisition unit 2A, an example of the distance information acquisition unit 2B according to the embodiment, and a transmission unit.
  • An example of 2C and an example of “determination means” according to the present application are configured.
  • the storage unit 1, processing unit 2, display data generation unit 3, operation unit 4, sensor unit 5, and display 6 are connected via a bus 7 and can exchange data with each other.
  • the map database MDB of the storage unit 1 stores, as a database, map data used when displaying a map necessary for guidance of vehicle movement according to the first embodiment on the display 6.
  • map database DDB As shown in FIG. 2B, icon display data 1A, display control data 1B, accompanying information display data 1C, branch destination display data 1D, roads, etc.
  • Display data 1E is stored in a nonvolatile manner.
  • the icon display data 1A is data used when displaying the icons IC1 to IC10 as exemplified in FIG. 2C on the display 6, for example.
  • the icons IC1 to IC10 illustrated in FIG. 2C are displayed for each facility (or the type of the facility of “A gasoline” in the case illustrated in FIG. 2C) included in the map.
  • the icon is displayed at the position or the like of the display 6 when the position or the like of the facility is displayed on the display 6.
  • This icon corresponds to an example of a “feature index” according to the present application.
  • Display data 1A is included in display database DDB and stored in storage unit 1.
  • each of these icons IC1 to IC10 is used when expressing a sense of distance from the current position of the vehicle, as will be described later.
  • the icon indicating the facility closer to the current position is displayed on the display 6 using, for example, an icon having a larger size.
  • Each icon display data 1A includes information indicating an attribute of a facility indicated by an icon displayed thereby, specifically, information indicating a category such as “gas station”, information on business hours, or Information such as information indicating the presence or absence of a parking lot is associated and stored.
  • the display control data 1B is control data for changing the display mode of the icon displayed on the display 6 in an icon display process described later according to the first embodiment. Specifically, for example, the display position of the icon displayed on the display 6 is moved up and down, left and right within the display 6 at predetermined time intervals, the icon itself is rotated at the display position, or the icon is moved.
  • the display mode change such as blinking is controlled using the display control data 1B.
  • the accompanying information display data 1C includes the accompanying information about the facility and the like displayed by the icon next to each icon displayed using the icon display data 1A (that is, the position corresponding to the icon). It is data for display. Specifically, the accompanying information display data 1C includes, for example, the price of gasoline at the “A gasoline” gas station whose presence is displayed on the display 6 using the icon IC1 illustrated in FIG. This is used when displaying the accompanying information as a side of the icon IC1.
  • the road display data 1D is data for displaying the roads and the like according to the first embodiment, which are displayed on the display 6 together with the icons displayed using the icon display data 1A.
  • the road display data 1D includes, for example, a current position mark (described later) indicating the current position of the vehicle, a road mark (described later) representing the road according to the first embodiment, and a distance from the current position.
  • a distance mark described later is displayed on the display 6 together with the icon IC1 and the like illustrated in FIG.
  • the branch destination display data 1E displays information related to the facility or the like at the branch destination when there is a branch on the road on which the vehicle moves (in other words, from the current position). Used when displaying above. Specifically, for example, data for displaying a later-described direction mark indicating the direction of a branch, a number mark indicating the number of facilities at the branch destination, and the like are stored in the storage unit 1 as branch destination display data 1E. Is stored within.
  • the icon display processing according to the first embodiment which is mainly executed by the processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3, is specifically illustrated in FIGS. 2 to 4. Will be described.
  • the road mark imitating a road is displayed on the display 6 as illustrated in FIG. 4A.
  • RM the current position mark PM indicating the current position of the vehicle
  • the linear distance mark DL indicating the relative distance from the current position in the road mark RM
  • the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance The icons 10 to 19 for displaying are displayed.
  • the current position mark PM is displayed as a linear mark indicating the current position of the vehicle so that the current position is closest to the display 6.
  • the road mark RM is displayed three-dimensionally and schematically by, for example, a so-called perspective so as to represent a road extending from the current position mark PM in the depth direction of the display 6.
  • the first embodiment The road mark RM itself is displayed linearly in the sense of “road on which the vehicle should travel”.
  • the distance mark DL is relative to the vehicle of each facility to be displayed on the display 6 at that time (a plurality of kinds of gas stations whose existence is displayed by the icons 10 to 19 in the case of FIG. 4A).
  • it is displayed in the road mark RM as a straight line parallel to the current position mark PM as exemplified in FIG.
  • Each icon 10 to 19 is the current position of the vehicle up to the position where the facility whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 to 19 actually exists (the vehicle position schematically represented by the current position mark PM). They are displayed in the order of appearance when the vehicle moves to a position corresponding to a relative distance from the current position.
  • the icons 10 to 19 indicate the road mark RM corresponding to the side on which the vehicle actually moves from the current position where the facilities actually exist (that is, either the right side or the left side of the road). It is displayed at the side position.
  • the icons indicating the existence of the facilities overlap each other like icons 10, 12 and 13 illustrated in FIG. 4A, for example. Is displayed. Furthermore, the icons 10 to 19 are located at equal intervals when viewed from the vehicle (although not actually located at equal intervals), the facilities whose presence is indicated by the icons 10 to 19 respectively. Are displayed side by side. More specifically, for example, in FIG. 4A, the distance from the current position of the vehicle to the gas station “A gasoline” whose presence is displayed by the icon 10 and the presence of the icon 11 are displayed.
  • the difference from the current position of the vehicle to the “B gasoline” gas station (that is, the distance between the “A gasoline” gas station and the “B gasoline” gas station) is the same as the above “B gasoline” gas station.
  • the difference between the distance from the current position of the vehicle and the distance from the current position of the vehicle to the “C gasoline” gas station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12 ie, the “B gasoline” gas station and the “C gasoline” (Gasoline gas station interval) and (apparently) the same.
  • the display method in this case includes the following display methods. When displaying using the perspective method, the closer to the gas station as viewed from the current position of the vehicle, the closer the icons are displayed on the display 6, the closer the icons are.
  • the size of the icon 10 or the like on the display 6 is displayed in perspective, and the icon 10 or the like is displayed at regular intervals on the display 6. -Icons 10 etc. are displayed at equal intervals on the display 6 without using the perspective method.
  • These icons 10 to 19 are displayed using the icon display data 1A shown in FIG.
  • the current position mark PM, the road mark RM, and the distance mark DL are displayed using road display data 1D shown in FIG.
  • the petrol station “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 is the most viewed from the vehicle at the current position indicated by the current position mark PM.
  • the icon 10 indicates that the vehicle is near and on the right side (right road side) of the road (the road schematically indicated by the road mark RM) on which the vehicle is about to move.
  • the gasoline station “B gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 11 is close to the next to the gasoline station A gasoline whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 when viewed from the current position of the vehicle, and the road.
  • the icon 11 indicates that the vehicle is present on the left side (left road side) of the road schematically indicated by the mark RM.
  • the “C gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12 is positioned on the right side of the road in the order of proximity from the current position of the vehicle, and “D gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 13. Is located on the right side of the road, the presence of “E gasoline” is indicated by the icon 14, and the presence of the gas station “C gasoline” is indicated by the icon 15. Is located on the right side of the road (separate from the “C gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12), and the “D gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 16.
  • the station and icon 12 are displayed so as to be (apparently) equal to the interval between the “C gasoline” gasoline stations whose presence is displayed. It should be noted that the distance mark DL shown in FIG. 4A may be displayed so that the distance between the adjacent distance marks DL decreases as the distance mark DL is displayed farther from the current position of the vehicle (see FIG. 4). 4 (a) The same applies to the display of the distance mark DL in the following figures).
  • an icon display process according to the first embodiment for displaying the icon 10 and the like in the display mode illustrated in FIG. 4A will be specifically described with reference to FIG.
  • the icon display process shown in FIG. 3 is executed mainly by the display data generation unit 3 under the control of the processing unit 2.
  • the icon display mode illustrated in FIG. 4 is simply referred to as “icon row display”.
  • the display data generating unit 3 first displays the icon string according to the first embodiment. It is determined whether or not an operation for performing is performed in the operation unit 4 (step S2). When the operation is not performed in the determination in step S2 (step S2; NO), the display data generation unit 3 next determines whether or not a display condition set in advance as a condition for starting icon row display is satisfied. Is determined (step S3). That is, the display data generating unit 3 is, for example, current position data indicating the current position of the vehicle acquired from the sensor unit 5, vehicle information indicating the state of the vehicle, or a network such as the Internet via a communication unit not shown in FIG. Whether or not the display condition is satisfied is determined based on the weather information acquired from the above.
  • the display conditions determined in step S3 are the display conditions set in advance, for example, starting the icon string display according to the first embodiment triggered by time, place, weather, or the vehicle information. is there. Data indicating this display condition is stored in the storage unit 1 in advance, for example.
  • Specific examples of the display conditions include the following conditions. -Time condition: For example, when it is determined that the time zone for lunch or dinner is reached based on the time information timed in the processing unit 2 (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 An icon string display using an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as a cafe is started.
  • Position condition When it is determined that the vehicle has entered a predetermined area based on the current position data (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 displays an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as a store in the area.
  • the used icon row display is automatically started (that is, by push).
  • -Weather conditions Based on the above weather information, for example, when it is determined that it has entered a time zone and place where snow is expected to become stronger (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 can see stores along the road, etc. In preparation for becoming difficult, icon row display using an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as the store is started.
  • step S2 when it is determined that gasoline (in the case of an internal combustion locomotive), battery remaining amount (in the case of an electric vehicle, etc.) or the like in the vehicle has decreased below a predetermined amount (step S2; YES), display
  • the data generation unit 3 starts icon row display using icons indicating the existence of facilities such as a gas station and a charging station.
  • step S3 If the display condition is not satisfied in the determination in step S3 (step S3; NO), then the display data generation unit 3 has already performed icon row display according to the first embodiment on the display 6. Is determined (step S4). If the icon string display has not yet been performed in the determination in step S4 (step S4; NO), the display data generation unit 3 returns to the determination in step S2 and waits for an operation for displaying the icon string.
  • step S2 determines whether an operation for displaying an icon row has been performed (step S2; YES), or if it is determined in step S3 that the display condition is satisfied (step S3). ; YES).
  • the display data generation unit 3 acquires display data for executing icon row display on the display 6 mainly from the storage unit 1 or the sensor unit 5 (step S5).
  • the display data acquired as step S5 indicates, for example, a search route to the destination searched based on the setting by the user of the navigation device SS.
  • search route data There is search route data, and display range data indicating a predetermined display range indicating how far away from the current position of the vehicle the facility to be displayed in the icon row according to the first embodiment.
  • display range data which show the route along the road where the vehicle is moving now are acquired in step S5, for example.
  • the search route data, the display range data, and the estimated route data are, for example, those searched by the search processing in the processing unit 2, or those set in the past stored in the storage unit 1, for example. Obtained from the processing unit 2.
  • step S5 When display data can be acquired in step S5, or when icon row display has already been performed in the determination in step S4 (step S4; YES), the display data generation unit 3 next determines the current position of the vehicle.
  • the current position data shown is acquired from the sensor unit 5 (step S6).
  • step S7 whether the display data generation unit 3 newly starts icon row display according to the first embodiment on the display 6 or updates the icon row display that has already been executed as the vehicle progresses, for example. It is determined whether or not (step S7).
  • step S7 whether or not the icon row display that has already been executed is updated with the progress of the vehicle, for example, is expressed as being closest to the current icon row display. Whether or not the vehicle has moved to the actual position of the facility indicated by the displayed icon is determined by detecting the current position data output from the sensor unit 5, for example.
  • step S7 If it is determined in step S7 that the icon string display is to be updated (step S7; YES), the display data generation unit 3 next determines whether there is the search route data (step S8). If there is the search route data in the determination in step S8 (step S8; YES), the display data generation unit 3 searches the current position data acquired in the process of step S6 and the search acquired in the process of step S5. Based on the route data and the display range data, the icon display data 1A is acquired by the number of new icons to be added as an update of the icon row display (see step S7; YES) (step S9).
  • the display data generating unit 3 acquires icon display data 1A for displaying icons belonging to the category. To do. Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as an icon string display based on the current position data, search route data, and display range data, for example, in the display data generation unit 3 Are rearranged on a video RAM (not shown) (step S10).
  • step S10 depending on the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to be displayed and whether the facility corresponding to the left or right side of the road on which the vehicle is scheduled to move after the vehicle exists,
  • the size of the icon to be displayed, the position with respect to the road mark RM (which side to place), the overlapping of icons indicating the existence of facilities that are close in distance, and the like are determined.
  • the display data generation unit 3 actually displays the rearranged icon on the display 6 (step S11), and updates the icon row display.
  • the display data generation unit 3 confirms whether or not an operation for ending the icon string display has been performed in the operation unit 4 (step S12). If the operation has been performed (step S12; YES), The display data generation unit 3 ends the icon display process according to the first embodiment, and then shifts to display of a normal guidance map, for example. On the other hand, in the determination of step S12, when the operation for ending is not performed (step S12; YES), the display data generating unit 3 returns to the determination of step S2 and starts a new icon display process.
  • step S7 determines whether there is the search route data. Is determined (step S15).
  • step S15 determines the current position data acquired in the process of step S6 and the process of step S5. Based on the acquired search route data and display range data, the icon display data 1A is acquired by the number of icons included in the new icon row display (see step S7; NO) (step S16).
  • the display data generating unit 3 acquires icon display data 1A for displaying an icon belonging to the category. Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as a new icon row display based on the current position data, search route data, and display range data, for example, on the video RAM. (Step S17).
  • the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to be displayed and the left or right side of the road on which the vehicle is scheduled to move after the vehicle are handled.
  • the display data generating unit 3 proceeds to the processing of step S11 and the subsequent step S12.
  • step S15 determines whether the search route data is present (step S15; NO).
  • step S15; NO the display data generation unit 3 displays the current position data acquired in step S6 and the step S5.
  • the number of icons included in the new icon string display is the same as that in step S16, and the icon display data is the same.
  • 1A is acquired (step S18).
  • the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as a new icon row display based on the current position data, the estimated route data, and the display range data in the process of step S17.
  • it is arranged on the video RAM (step S19).
  • step S19 the display data generating unit 3 proceeds to the processing of step S11 and the subsequent step S12.
  • the icon display process described above with reference to FIG. 3 is repeated until the operation to end the operation is performed in the operation unit 4 (see step S12; YES), and is illustrated in FIG. 4A.
  • the icon row display is executed while the icons displayed as the vehicle moves are sequentially updated.
  • the icon row display according to the first embodiment includes, for example, FIG. 4B (vertical display) or FIG. 4C (horizontal display) in addition to the three-dimensional icon row display illustrated in FIG. It is also possible to use a flat icon row display exemplified in (Display). In these cases, both sides of the road mark RM to which the current position mark PM is added at one end (in the case illustrated in FIG. 4B, left and right in the drawing, and in the case illustrated in FIG. 4C, up and down in the drawing. ), Icons 10A to 16A are displayed at positions corresponding to the distance between the location of the facility whose presence is displayed and the current position of the vehicle.
  • the gasoline station “B gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 10A is closest to the current position of the vehicle and is schematically shown on the left side of the road (indicated schematically by the road mark RM). The presence on the left road side is expressed and displayed by the icon 10A.
  • the gasoline station “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 11A is located on the right side of the road in the order from the current position of the vehicle, and “E gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 12A. Is located on the left side of the road, the presence of “C gasoline” is indicated by the icon 13A, and the presence of “F gasoline” is indicated by the icon 14A.
  • the gas station is located on the left side of the road, its presence is indicated by the icon 15A, the gas station of “D gasoline” is located on the right side of the road, and its presence is indicated by the icon 16A “G”
  • the fact that the gasoline station is located on the left side of the road It is displayed.
  • the update and new display in the icon row display illustrated by FIG. 4B or FIG. 4C are performed in the display data generation unit 3 described with reference to FIG. It is executed in the same manner as the icon row display exemplified.
  • the facilities on both sides of the road are based on the current position of the vehicle and the distance from the current position to the desired facility. Are displayed on the display 6 in the order of appearance, so that the facilities on both sides of the vehicle can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the icons 10 and the like are arranged in the order of appearance along with the movement of the vehicle and displayed on the display 6 at a position corresponding to the road side where the facility is located, so that the features on both sides of the road can be recognized more intuitively and immediately. be able to.
  • the entire display on the display 6 can be simplified, and the facility or the like can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the road mark RM for displaying the road is displayed in a straight line state regardless of the bending situation on the road, the relationship with the icon 10 or the like more intuitively and immediately as the road on which the vehicle moves Can be recognized.
  • the plurality of icons 10 and the like overlap each other on the display 6, the plurality of icons 10 and the like are displayed so as to be shifted from each other. It can be displayed so as not to miss its existence.
  • the plurality of icons 10 indicating the facilities on both sides of the road are displayed on the display 6 in the order in which they appear in the movement of the vehicle so that the facilities are located at equal intervals when viewed from the vehicle.
  • the distance relationship from the vehicle such as the icon 10 indicating the presence of a store or the like located on the left and right of the road, is displayed in a collapsed manner from the actual relationship.
  • the substantial influence on the user is small.
  • the icons 10 and the like can be displayed close together, so that more facilities such as stores can be displayed. Further, even when the user feels that it is difficult to enter or does not want to enter a facility such as a store on the opposite lane side, only information on the order of appearance of the store on the traveling lane side can be referred to efficiently.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the second embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the second embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Therefore, in FIG.5 and FIG.6, about the same structure as the structure (refer FIG. 2) and icon row display (refer FIG. 4) of the navigation apparatus SS which concerns on 1st Example, the same member number is attached
  • the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described.
  • the second embodiment described below when there are a plurality of facilities at approximately the same distance as viewed from the current position of the vehicle, specifically, for example, a facility belonging to the category to be displayed is one building.
  • the present application is applied to icon row display when there are a plurality of icons.
  • the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 5A.
  • a mark RM, a current position mark PM, a distance mark DL, and icons 20 to 29 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle are displayed.
  • FIG. 5A there are a gas station for “B gasoline”, a gas station for “F gasoline”, and a gas station for “D gasoline” whose presence is indicated by icons 21, 22, and 23, respectively. They are on the first, second and third floors of a building, so that the gas stations are almost equidistant from the current position of the vehicle. Similarly, the “F gasoline” gas station and the “B gasoline” gas station, which are respectively indicated by icons 27 and 28, are located on the first and second floors of one building, so that they can be viewed from the current position of the vehicle. Each gas station is almost equidistant.
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays the icons 21 to 23 so as to overlap each other at a position equivalent to the current position indicated by the current position mark PM. Accordingly, the icon display data 1A corresponding to the icons 21 to 23 is acquired (see steps S9, S13, S16, or S18 in FIG. 3), and the icons 21 to 23 are illustrated in FIG. As shown on the display 6 (see steps S10, S14, S17 or S19, and S11 in FIG. 3). Similarly, the icon display data 1A corresponding to the icons 27 and 28 is acquired so that the icons 27 and 28 are superimposed on each other at a position equivalent to the current position indicated by the current position mark PM.
  • the icons 27 and 28 are displayed on the display 6 as illustrated in FIG. 5A (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays icons 20 and 27 indicating the presence of a gas station on the first floor, foremost, and further toward the upper floor, the gas station on that floor.
  • the icons 21 and 22 or 28 for displaying the presence of the icons are displayed so as to sequentially turn to the back according to the floor.
  • the icon row display according to the second embodiment is substantially equidistant when viewed from the current position of the vehicle as illustrated in FIG. 5B.
  • the icons 20 to 23 and 27 and 28 indicating the presence of a certain facility may be displayed together with the equidistant mark DM indicating the equidistant facility.
  • the data for displaying the equidistant mark DM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. Acquired and used for column display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the icon string display according to the second embodiment as shown in FIG.
  • icons 20A to 22A for displaying the existence of facilities equidistant from the current position of the vehicle or 25A and 26A may be displayed together with the current position mark PM, the road mark RM, and the like so as to overlap each other while being shifted up and down.
  • the current position is such that icons 20A to 22A or 25A and 26A that indicate the existence of facilities at an equal distance when viewed from the current position of the vehicle are overlapped while being obliquely shifted. It may be configured to display together with the mark PM, the road mark RM, and the like.
  • icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of facilities that are equidistant from the current position indicated by the current position mark PM.
  • 27 and 28 may be configured to be displayed by adding floor displays 21B, 22B, 23B, 27B and 28B indicating the floors where the gas stations whose presence is indicated by the respective icons 21 and the like are present.
  • the data for displaying the floor display 21B and the like is also stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. Acquired and used for column display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant from the current position of the vehicle in the case illustrated in FIG.
  • Only the icon 21 indicating the presence of the gas station “B gasoline” on the first floor of a building is displayed as an icon representative of the gas station whose presence is displayed by the icons 21 to 23, and is attached thereto. Further, it may be configured to display a hierarchical mark FM indicating that the same kind of facility (gas station) exists on other floors.
  • the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant when viewed from the current position of the vehicle etc.
  • the icons 27 and 28 indicating the existence of the gas stations at the distance only the icon 27 indicating the existence of the gas station “F gasoline” on the first floor of the building where the gas stations are present is displayed together with the hierarchy mark FM. is doing.
  • the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant from the current position of the vehicle in the case illustrated in FIG.
  • the icon 22 indicating the presence of the gas station “Gasoline” and the icon 23 indicating the presence of the gas station “D Gasoline” the three gas stations are placed in one building. It can also be configured to display something.
  • the time-divisional replacement of the icons 21 to 23 is performed by, for example, replacing the display data for replacement display control stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. It is acquired in the case of the icon row display according to the example (see step S5 in FIG. 3), and the display data generation unit 3 uses the control data to sequentially display and replace the icons 21 to 23 (see step S11 in FIG. 3). That's fine.
  • FIG. 1 As described above, according to the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the second embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, illustrated in FIG.
  • an icon 21 or the like indicating each of the plurality of facilities can be identified on the display 6 corresponding to the position. Therefore, it is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize a plurality of facilities existing at equidistant positions when viewed from the position of the vehicle.
  • display information is generated for displaying icon feature indexes indicating a plurality of facilities located at equidistant positions so that the display positions are shifted from each other so that they can be distinguished from each other.
  • icon feature indexes indicating a plurality of facilities located at equidistant positions so that the display positions are shifted from each other so that they can be distinguished from each other.
  • the icons 21 and the like are displayed by shifting the display position in one direction (horizontal, vertical or diagonal in the figure), a plurality of facilities existing at equidistant positions are displayed. They can be recognized simultaneously in a display mode that can be easily recognized.
  • the equidistant mark DM indicating the plurality of facilities at equidistant positions is displayed together with the icons 21 and the like, so that the facilities are at equidistant positions. This can be easily recognized.
  • the floor display 21B and the hierarchy mark FM indicating the relationship between a plurality of facilities are displayed together with the icons 21 and so Can be recognized intuitively and immediately.
  • FIG. 6B since the hierarchy mark FM corresponding to one facility is displayed together with the one icon 21 indicating the one facility, the number of displayed hierarchy marks FM and icons is reduced. The display state can be simplified and the visibility can be further improved.
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the third embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the third embodiment and the process for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 7, the same components as those in the configuration (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description is omitted. To do.
  • the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described.
  • the third embodiment described below when there is a search route according to the first embodiment, display of the destination to end the movement, or even if there is no search route, the current movement is performed.
  • the present application is applied to icon row display when there is no facility belonging to the category to be displayed ahead of the road.
  • the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 7A.
  • a mark RM, a current position mark PM, and a distance mark DL, and icons 30 to 33 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle are displayed.
  • the icon row display according to the third embodiment among the facilities belonging to the category that is the display target at that time, the icon that displays the presence of the last facility on the road on which the vehicle moves after the vehicle, A final mark indicating that the vehicle is the last facility belonging to the category along the road on which the vehicle moves is displayed (see step S11 in FIG. 3). For example, in the case illustrated in FIG.
  • the icon 33 is attached. For example, a flag-like final mark LM described as “LAST” is displayed.
  • the data for displaying the final mark LM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, and the icon string according to the third embodiment. It is acquired and used for display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the road farther from the current location of the vehicle than the last facility on the road on which the vehicle moves after dredging (that is, it belongs to the category to be displayed at that time)
  • a road mark having a display mode different from a road mark RM indicating a road in front of the facility from the current position of the vehicle is displayed with respect to a road mark indicating a road where the facility no longer exists (step in FIG. 3). (See S11).
  • the final mark LM is displayed on the icon 32 that displays the presence of the gas station of “D gasoline” that is the last gas station among the gas stations that are display categories at that time. Is displayed along with it.
  • a road mark indicating a road farther from the current position of the vehicle than the position of the gas station of “D gasoline” is different from the road mark RM in the display mode (FIG. 7B). Is indicated by dot hatching).
  • a road mark RMM is displayed.
  • the data for displaying the road mark RMM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. It is acquired and used for display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the road mark RM for example, see FIG. 4
  • the changed road mark RML and the character mark NI indicating that as illustrated in FIG. 7D, for example, can be additionally displayed.
  • the data for displaying the road mark RML or the character mark NI is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, according to the third embodiment.
  • the road mark RM itself may be blinked and displayed as a road mark when the vehicle moves to an area where the facility no longer exists and finishes moving.
  • the control data for blinking the road mark RM is, for example, an icon string display according to the third embodiment that is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is acquired and used (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • FIG. 7H shows a different display mode with respect to the color and the like from the checker flag mark EM as illustrated, the home mark HM as illustrated in FIG. 7G, or the current position mark PM used before arrival.
  • the present location mark PMM as illustrated can be configured to display the arrival.
  • the data for displaying the destination mark DDM, the checker flag mark EM or the home mark HM is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG.
  • the data for displaying the current position mark PMM is, for example, the data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment. Obtained and used (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the display object is displayed at that time.
  • the final facility of a certain category, the final mark LM indicating the destination in the search route, or the destination mark DDM, etc. are displayed so as to be distinguishable from other icons, so the presence of the final facility, in other words, from the final facility, etc. It can be intuitively and immediately recognized that there is no facility or the like belonging to the category to be displayed.
  • the final mark LM (see FIG. 7A) indicating that the facility indicated by the final mark LM or the like is the final facility is displayed in the icon indicating the final facility, the final facility Etc. can be recognized more intuitively and quickly.
  • a road mark indicating a road in the non-existing range is displayed as a road mark RM indicating a road in the range in which the facility exists. Since the road mark RMM, the road mark RML, and the character mark NI are displayed in a different display mode, the current position mark PMM is displayed in a different display mode, or the road mark RM itself is blinked (FIG. 7). (B) to FIG. 7 (d)), it is possible to more intuitively and quickly recognize that there is no facility along the road.
  • FIG. 8 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the fourth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 8, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description is omitted. To do.
  • the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described.
  • icons that are partially hidden by the icon in front of the current position of the vehicle in the icon row display according to the first embodiment are displayed by the icons.
  • the display mode of the hidden icon is changed so that the displayed information can be easily viewed.
  • the icon row display according to the fourth embodiment as illustrated in FIG. 8A, the icon for displaying the presence of each gas station in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment. 40 to 49 are displayed together with a road mark RM, a current position mark PM, and a distance mark DL.
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays the display position of the icon 42 that is partially hidden by the icon 40 in front of the current position of the vehicle as the icon string display according to the fourth embodiment. For example, by moving up and down as illustrated in FIG. 8B, or moving left and right as illustrated in FIG. 8C, or by repeating these vertical and horizontal movements, the icon is displayed. 42 makes it easy to visually recognize that the gas station whose presence is displayed is “C gasoline”.
  • the icon 42 is moved up and down or left and right, for example, the icon movement control data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may obtain in the case of icon row display (refer FIG. 3 step S5), and the display data generation part 3 may move and display the icon 42 using this control data (refer FIG. 3 step S11).
  • the movement in this case may be configured to move at intervals of a predetermined time, for example, or may be configured to move only for a predetermined time triggered by an operation including icon selection in the operation unit 4. . Or you may comprise so that the movement of the icon which displays the presence of a restaurant may be started, for example, when lunch time comes. Furthermore, it is not always necessary that the entire icon 42 that has been partially hidden becomes visible by the movement. If the existence of the icon 42 and the display content of the icon 42 can be visually recognized, one of the icons 42 after the movement is displayed. The part may remain hidden.
  • the icons are not moved as illustrated in FIGS. 8B and 8C, but illustrated in FIG. 8D, for example.
  • the icon 42 itself partially hidden by the icon 40 may be configured to be displayed in place of the icon 42-1 which is larger than the other icons 40 and the like and has the same display content.
  • the icon display data 1A for displaying the icon 42-1 is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A exemplified in FIG. What is necessary is just to acquire and use it in the case of this icon row display (refer FIG.3 step S5).
  • the icon 42 is attached to an icon 42 that is partially hidden by the icon 40 so that the icon 42 is more visually noticeable than the other icons 40.
  • You may comprise so that the characteristic mark TM may be displayed.
  • the data for displaying the feature mark TM in this case is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the icon 42 itself, which is partially hidden may be configured to be visually conspicuous with respect to the other icons 40 and the like, for example, by lighting or blinking.
  • the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the fourth embodiment in addition to the operational effects of the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, at least a plurality of icons 42 and the like.
  • the icon 42 whose visibility is lowered due to the overlap is displayed with the icon 42 being changed so that the visibility of the icon 42 is increased. Even in such a case, the facility or the like whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the icon 42 or the like is displayed so that the display position is changed between the overlapping position and a position different from the overlapping position.
  • the facility or the like whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like can be more intuitively and immediately recognized while attracting the user's attention.
  • FIG. 8B or FIG. 8C when the entire icon 42 or the like is displayed so as to be visible after movement, a part of the icon 42 or the like can be visually recognized. A facility or the like whose presence is displayed can be more intuitively and immediately recognized by the hidden icon 42 or the like.
  • the display position can be changed at a timing at which it is easier to attract the user's attention.
  • the icon 42 or the like when the icon 42 or the like is displayed with the feature mark TM indicating the existence of the facility or the like displayed by the icon 42 or the like being displayed, the icon 42 or the like is displayed.
  • the facility indicated by the icon 42 or the like can be recognized more intuitively and quickly.
  • the display mode may be changed so as to improve the visibility of the icon 42 or the like selected by the user's operation.
  • this configuration it is possible to recognize the facility whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like more intuitively and immediately by changing the display mode at a timing at which it is easier to attract the user's attention. .
  • FIG. 9 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the fifth embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the fifth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string are basically performed using the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 9, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description thereof is omitted. To do.
  • the icon string display based only on the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described.
  • a determination condition for icon display is provided in addition to the distance, and an icon for displaying the existence of a facility having an attribute that does not match the determination condition is displayed.
  • the aspect is made thinner than other icons or is not displayed.
  • the determination condition according to the fifth embodiment for example, the business hours of the facility, the presence / absence of a parking lot at the facility, the overlapping display of the same affiliated store for the facility, the default favorite facility, the median strip Any one or a combination of presence / absence, crossing prohibited area, and the like is used.
  • data stored in the storage unit 1 in advance may be referred to, or for example, the display data generation unit 3 may acquire information indicating business hours via a network such as the Internet. .
  • the display data generation unit 3 has an icon that displays the existence of a facility that does not have a parking lot, and a facility that excludes a facility that is closest to the current location among the facilities of the category or series that should be displayed at that time.
  • An icon that displays the presence of a for example, a facility of the category or the like that appears on or after the second time on the round trip), or passes through that part to the opposite lane due to the presence of a median strip or the prohibition of crossing
  • An icon or the like indicating the existence of a facility that cannot move and enter is displayed on the display 6 with a lighter thickness than other icons (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • icons 50 to 59 for displaying the presence of each gas station are displayed as road mark RM, current position mark PM, and distance mark in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment.
  • the icon 53-1 for displaying the presence of the gas station and the icon 56-1 for displaying the presence of the gas station of “D gasoline” are displayed in a lighter manner than the other icons 50, etc. Instead of the icons 52, 53 and 56, they are displayed on the display 6 (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • the icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 52-1, 53-1 and 56-1 in this case is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is necessary is just acquired and used in the icon row display which concerns on 5th Example (refer FIG.3 step S5).
  • the icon 50-1, the icon 53-1 and the icon 56-1 other than the icon 56-1 which display the existence of the gas station which cannot move and enter the opposite lane are rotated. It can also be configured to make it stand out more.
  • the display data generation unit 3 includes an icon for displaying the existence of a facility outside business hours and a facility registered as default so-called favorite data (the facility itself or a category including the facility).
  • the icons themselves are deleted from the display 6.
  • icons 50 to 59 for displaying the existence of each gas station are displayed as road mark RM, current position mark PM, and distance mark in a display manner similar to the icon row display according to the first embodiment.
  • the display data generation unit 3 deletes the icons 52 and 55 from the display 6 (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • the icons 50 and the like that have not been deleted are displayed on the display 6 in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment, for example, the distance data corresponding to the deleted icons 52 and 55 is displayed.
  • the icon is no longer displayed at the DL position.
  • the icon row display according to the fifth embodiment when there is an erased icon, the presence of a gas station at a position behind the erased icons 52 and 55 as viewed from the current position of the vehicle is displayed.
  • the display positions of the icons 53, 54 and 56 to 59 to be moved are sequentially moved toward the front as viewed from the current position of the vehicle.
  • the display data generation unit 3 brings the icons 53, 54, and 56 to 59 that display the existence of the gas stations far away from the deleted icons 52 and 55 closer to the positions. Rearrange (see step S10 or S14 in FIG. 3). Then, in the icon row display according to the fifth embodiment, the distant portion that has become blank due to this rearrangement is displayed by the display data generation unit 3 in the other category belonging to the category that should be displayed at that time (there is no existence so far).
  • the icons 59A and 59B that display the presence of the facility are newly displayed, for example, on the left side of the road mark RM (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • the past visit history data to the facility is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 or the like for each facility that is the target of icon row display. Based on this visit history data, for example, the number of visits for each facility in the series is counted and stored in the processing unit 2, and the facilities in the series are searched / sorted in the processing unit 2 in descending order of the number of visits. After classifying into the upper group and the lower group as the sorting result using the set threshold number of times, the facility that belongs to the upper group is stored as “favorite facility” in the storage unit 1 or the like, The facility that enters the group can be configured to be determined as a facility other than the favorite facility.
  • each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility having an attribute not matching the determination condition lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility having an attribute matching the determination condition. It is possible to discriminate between a matching facility and a non-matching facility more intuitively and immediately.
  • each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility outside business hours set lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility during business hours, for example.
  • the visibility of the icon indicating the facility or the like in the opposite lane at the position where the road indicated by the road mark RM indicates that the road has a median is shown.
  • the visibility of the icon indicating the facility or the like in the opposite lane at the position where the road indicated by the road mark RM indicates that the road has a median is shown.
  • the visibility of the icon indicating the facility or the like in the opposite lane at the position indicated as the crossing prohibited position on the road displayed by the road mark RM is set at the position indicated as not being the crossing prohibited position.
  • each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility or the like not having an attribute designated as “favorite” lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility or the like having an attribute designated as “favorite”
  • the designation operation itself of the designated attribute is not necessary. Facilities that do not have can be recognized easily and more intuitively and immediately.
  • the non-display icon 52 and the icon 55 are displayed at a position corresponding to the position on the display 6 where the non-display icon 52 and the icon 55 should be displayed.
  • the icons 53 and 56 for displaying other facilities far away from the displayed facility or the like are displayed, it is possible to distinguish and recognize the far away facilities etc. intuitively and immediately.
  • FIGS. 10 and 11 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the sixth embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the sixth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Therefore, in FIG.10 and FIG.11, the same member number is attached
  • the icon string display for displaying only the icons for displaying the existence of each facility to be displayed has been described.
  • the icon string display for displaying only the icons for displaying the existence of each facility to be displayed has been described.
  • the icon string display for displaying only the icons for displaying the existence of each facility to be displayed has been described.
  • the sixth embodiment described below by performing not only the icon but also various accompanying displays together with the icon, the accompanying information itself related to the facility whose presence is indicated by the icon, or The present application is applied to icon row display for visually confirming the presence of the accompanying information.
  • the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 10A.
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays a mark RM, a current position mark PM, a distance mark DL, and icons 60 to 69 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle.
  • the accompanying mark VM having the accompanying information related to the facility whose presence is displayed by each icon 60 or the like is related to the accompanying information. It is displayed at a position where the relevance with the icon indicating the existence of the facility can be recognized. In the case illustrated in FIG.
  • the unit price of gasoline at that point in the gasoline station “E gasoline” whose presence is displayed by the icon 64 (for example, the unit price by gasoline type may be used). ) Is displayed on the upper side of the icon 64.
  • the data for displaying the accompanying mark VM in this case is, for example, the data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the display mode of the accompanying mark VM itself, for example, a filled display mode or a translucent display mode can be used.
  • the price of the accompanying mark VM is displayed by the accompanying mark VM. It may be configured such that it is displayed on a position in front of the current position of the vehicle, superimposed on the icon 64 that displays the presence of the petrol station. Further, the icon 64 in this case may be configured to be an icon 64-1 whose display is lightened as illustrated in FIG. 10B so that the contents of the accompanying mark VM can be easily seen. In this case, the icon display data 1A for displaying the icon 64-1 is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG.
  • the display mode of the accompanying mark VM itself, for example, a filled display mode or a semi-transparent display mode can be used, and the display of the icon 64 and corresponding to this.
  • the display of the accompanying mark VM can be switched at a predetermined time interval.
  • the icon 64 that displays the existence of a facility related to the display content of the accompanying mark VM and the accompanying mark VM.
  • the associated mark VM may be displayed together with the related mark AR.
  • the accompanying information VMM, VMS, or VMB2 indicating the presence of the accompanying information itself is not displayed directly, but the presence of the accompanying information is indicated by the accompanying mark VMB.
  • the data for displaying the accompanying mark VMB and the like is also stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C exemplified in FIG. 2B, for example.
  • FIG. 11A when the number of accompanying information to be recognized is one, one accompanying mark such as the accompanying mark VMB or VMS is used, and when there are a plurality of accompanying information. It is preferable to use an accompanying mark having a display form such that the number (two in the case of the accompanying mark VMB2) can be recognized, such as the accompanying mark VMB2.
  • a display mode of the number in addition to the display mode illustrated in FIG. 11A, a number indicating the number itself may be displayed so as to overlap the accompanying mark.
  • the content of the accompanying information whose presence is displayed by the accompanying mark VMB or the like is confirmed, the content is separately displayed when an operation to that effect is performed in the operation unit 4. be able to.
  • the presence of the accompanying information is used as the accompanying mark VF, and the frame around the icon 64 that displays the existence of the facility in which the presence of the accompanying information is displayed by the accompanying mark VF.
  • the icon 64 is selected by an operation on the operation unit 4, the display is switched to the accompanying mark VFN indicating the content of the accompanying information as illustrated in the lower part of FIG.
  • the accompanying mark VFN in this case can be configured to be displayed by, for example, dynamic animation display.
  • the data for displaying the accompanying mark VF and the like is also stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, in the icon row display according to the sixth embodiment. What is necessary is just to acquire and use (refer FIG.3 step S5).
  • the accompanying information in the icon row display according to the sixth embodiment specifically, for example, the price illustrated in FIG. 10, the evaluation of facilities, etc. (evaluation in a so-called blog, etc.), the user of the navigation device SS Data belonging to so-called favorite data registered in advance (the data itself is acquired by the display data generation unit 3 from the storage unit 1 using the user's prior registration or the past search history of the user), New product information at the facility, campaign information, congestion level information (the facility itself and parking lot availability information), information indicating the presence or absence of a parking lot at the facility, and the like.
  • the evaluation of facilities, etc. evaluation in a so-called blog, etc.
  • the user of the navigation device SS Data belonging to so-called favorite data registered in advance the data itself is acquired by the display data generation unit 3 from the storage unit 1 using the user's prior registration or the past search history of the user
  • New product information at the facility campaign information
  • congestion level information the facility itself and parking lot availability information
  • the extreme value information such as the lowest price is always displayed (that is, one as the accompanying mark VM for the facility), the use of the navigation device SS.
  • One or a plurality of accompanying information that satisfies a specific condition set in advance by the person may be displayed.
  • -A method to display all accompanying information at once -For example, a method of periodically switching at a predetermined time interval in order from the closest to the current position of the vehicle, in order from the cheapest to the price, or randomly, or -There is a method of switching by allowing the user to arbitrarily set whether to display only one or a plurality of accompanying information.
  • the accompanying information reflecting the setting contents can be displayed. More specifically, for example, the following conditions can be set as conditions set by the user. ⁇ Display the lowest or highest price. -For the incidental information on the price, set the range of the amount to display, the level of evaluation, the condition range to display the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to which the incidental information is related, etc. Displaying only one value-If there is multiple incidental information for one facility, display only one of them, or display all of them-Accompanying information to display for one facility choose the type of. In this case, for example, it is conceivable to select “AND condition” or “OR condition”.
  • each of the accompanying information itself may be configured so that the display data generation unit 3 acquires and displays the information stored in advance in the storage unit 1 or is not illustrated via the network. You may comprise so that what was acquired from the external server apparatus etc. may be displayed.
  • the facility with accompanying information, etc. Since the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed separately from the icon 64 at the display position corresponding to the display position of the icon 64 indicating, the accompanying information is easily recognized while showing the accompanyingness to the facility. Can be made. Therefore, for example, it is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize the accompanying information that the user wants to pay attention to or the accompanying information that is considered to be most important as a facility.
  • the accompanying information corresponding to the accompanying mark VM is recognized to the same extent as the facility to which the accompanying information is attached. Can be made.
  • FIG. 11 (a) or FIG. 11 (b) when the accompanying mark VMB, VMS or VMB2 is displayed for each facility, etc., the presence of the accompanying information corresponding to the facility etc. is intuitive. Can be recognized.
  • FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the seventh embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the seventh embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIGS. 12 to 14, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed. Description is omitted.
  • the seventh embodiment described below is an embodiment regarding a change in icon row display when one icon is selected by an operation in the operation unit 4 when the icon row display according to the first embodiment is performed. It is.
  • selection includes the following two cases. -Move (move) a cursor for selection (not shown) on a plurality of icons, stop the cursor on a specific icon to be selected, and perform a determination operation.
  • the cursor In the process of moving (moving) the cursor on a plurality of icons, the cursor is only on the specific icon (that is, the cursor is on the specific icon, but the specific icon The state has not been determined until That is, the icon display process according to the seventh embodiment includes the same road mark RM, current position mark PM and distance mark DL as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4), and each distance from the current position of the vehicle.
  • the icons 70 to 79 indicating the presence of the corresponding facility are displayed, for example, when the icon 72 is selected by an operation on the operation unit 4, as illustrated in FIG.
  • a selection mark SM indicating that the icon 72 has been selected is displayed immediately below, and information on a facility whose presence is displayed by the selected icon 72 in a predetermined display area DA, etc. Is displayed in characters or the like.
  • the current position mark PM displayed in the case of the first embodiment is not displayed for reasons such as improving the visibility of the content displayed in the display area DA.
  • the data for displaying the selection mark SM in this case is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the selection mark SM and the display area DA are displayed as a result of the icon 70 being selected.
  • the selection mark SM and the display area DA for the icon 73 are displayed as shown in the lower part of FIG.
  • the icons 70 to 72 displayed in front of the current position of the vehicle from the icon 73 are all erased, and the icon row display contents are sequentially changed so that the selected icon 73 is positioned in the foreground. It can be configured to transition to the near side.
  • the screen transition in this case is, for example, the icon movement control data (for screen transition) stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may acquire in the case of a column display (refer FIG. 3 step S5), and the display data generation part 3 moves and displays the icon 73 etc. using this control data (refer FIG. 3 step S11). Further, in the case illustrated in FIG.
  • the selection mark SM is sequentially displayed immediately below the icon 70 etc. selected at that time, and is displayed in front of the icon selected at that time.
  • the icons are sequentially deleted, and finally the icon 73 is displayed in the forefront as illustrated in the lower part of FIG.
  • the screen transition according to the seventh embodiment is selected.
  • the selection mark SM moves immediately below the selected icon 73, and the icons 70 to 72 displayed in front of the selected icon 73 are erased at once, and the icon row display illustrated in the lower part of FIG. It becomes.
  • icon row display for example, when the icon 70 illustrated in FIG. 12A is selected, the facility whose presence is displayed by the selected icon 70 is displayed.
  • the facility on the opposite side of the road where the is located can be configured to reduce the visibility of icons indicating the presence of these facilities.
  • the display data generation unit 3 uses icons 71-1, 74 that display the existence of facilities on the opposite side as thin icons with reduced visibility. -1, 77-1 and 78-1 can be configured.
  • the icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 71-1, 74-1, 77-1 and 78-1 in this case is stored in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is stored in advance may be acquired and used for icon row display according to the seventh embodiment (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the display data generation unit 3 selects the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 that indicate the existence of the facility on the opposite side as they are and selects them.
  • a selection mark that surrounds icons 72, 73, 75, 76, and 79 indicating the presence of other facilities on the same side as the facility where the facility whose presence is displayed by icon 70 is located, together with icon 70 It can be configured to display SSM.
  • the data for displaying the selection mark SSM in this case is also the icon string display according to the seventh embodiment that is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • the display data generation unit 3 may be configured to delete all the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 that display the existence of the facility on the opposite side. good.
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays the presence of a facility far from a preset distance from the current position of the vehicle including the selected icon 70.
  • the icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 75-1 to 79-1 is also stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is necessary is just to acquire and use in the icon row display which concerns on 7 Example (refer FIG.3 step S5).
  • the facility whose presence is indicated by the icon replaced with the icon with reduced visibility may be a facility far from a position corresponding to a preset travel time from the current position of the vehicle.
  • the travel time calculated by a predetermined calculation method from the average speed at the current position of the vehicle may be used, or the predetermined calculation method from the legal speed of the road at the current position.
  • the travel time calculated by may be used.
  • the icon selection process in the icon row display according to the seventh embodiment regarding the selection of facilities that exist along the opposite lane to the lane in which the vehicle moves, for example, the opposite lane due to the presence of a median strip. It is possible to set the selection order in consideration of the case where it cannot move. More specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 14, there are four gas stations on the opposite lane side and icons 70, 72, 75, and 76 indicating their existence are displayed.
  • the order of the selected icons (that is, the selection mark SM is displayed and information and the like are displayed in the display area DA (shown in FIG. 14).
  • the order of the facilities displayed in) is as shown in FIG. Icon 70 ⁇ Icon 75 ⁇ Icon 72 ⁇ Icon 76 It becomes.
  • the seventh embodiment can also be applied to a case where there is a facility that exists along the route and has to be detoured due to traffic regulations or the like. In this case, for example, icons are selected in the order along the detour.
  • an icon (not shown) for icon selection is displayed side by side on the right side of the road. It can also be configured to move only upward, that is, select icon 70 ⁇ icon 72 ⁇ icon 73 ⁇ icon 75 ⁇ icon 76. At this time, the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 displayed on the opposite side (in this case, the left side) of the road may be displayed with reduced visibility.
  • the selection mark is used for selecting an icon. Since SM is displayed, it is more intuitive and immediate to recognize which icon is currently selected, which icon will be selected later, and information about the selected icon. By being able to do so, the visibility and recognizability related to the selection of the icon can be improved and the burden on the user can be reduced.
  • an icon 74 indicating another facility far away from the facility indicated by the icon 73 selected from the position of the vehicle is displayed before the icon 73 is selected. Since a display position corresponding to a position closer to the display position is displayed, the facility far away from the current position of the vehicle is more intuitively recognized than the facility indicated by the selected icon 73. Can do.
  • icons 79A to 79A indicating other facilities and the like that are further away from the display positions where the icons 73 to 79 whose display positions have been moved on the display 6 are displayed. Since the icon 79C is displayed, other facilities farther away than the facility whose display position has been moved can be discriminated intuitively and immediately.
  • the visibility of the icon 71-1 indicating the facility on the opposite side of the facility indicated by the selected icon 70 is selected.
  • the facility or the like indicated by the selected icon 70 can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the visibility of the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 indicating the facility on the opposite side of the road is determined by the selected icon 70.
  • the icon 70 indicated by the selected icon 70 indicates It is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize other facilities on the side of the road where the facility is located.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an icon display example according to the eighth embodiment
  • FIGS. 16 to 18 are diagrams showing icon display examples according to the eighth embodiment.
  • the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the eighth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG.
  • the processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIGS. 15 to 18, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers. Description is omitted.
  • the icon row display for displaying the icons about the facilities along the road on which the vehicle moves after the vehicle has been described with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle.
  • the eighth embodiment described below is an embodiment for explaining the display mode of icons and the like when there is a branch point on the road.
  • the branch point is basically a branch point on the searched route (accidentally) regardless of the route indicated by the searched route or the estimated route data.
  • the branch point may be one of guide points in the newly searched search route, for example.
  • FIG. 15A when viewed from the current position (actual current position) of the vehicle indicated by the current position mark PM (actual) For example, (real) gas stations SD1 to SD6 exist along the road R.
  • the display 6 is similar to the case of the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 15B.
  • a branch indicating the existence of the branch point C1 that can turn left is located at a position in the icon row display indicating the position of the branch point C1 illustrated in FIG.
  • the point mark LMK is displayed by the display data generation unit 3.
  • a branch point mark RMK indicating the presence of the right branch point C2 at the position in the icon row display indicating the position of the branch point C2 illustrated in FIG. Is displayed by the display data generation unit 3.
  • the display data generation unit 3 displays a number mark LL indicating the number of gasoline stations (that is, facilities belonging to the category that is currently displayed in the icon row display).
  • the number mark LR is displayed by the display data generation unit 3.
  • the data for displaying the branch point marks RMK and LMK and the number marks LL and LR, respectively, is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the branch destination display data 1E illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. They are acquired and used for icon row display according to the eighth embodiment (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
  • information included in advance in the map database MDB can be used as the position information indicating the positions of the branch points C1 and C2 and the information indicating the number of gas stations at the branch destination.
  • the “number” for example, the number of gas stations within a predetermined distance from the branch point C1 or C2 at each branch destination may be used, or the next branch point from the branch point C1 or C2 may be used. You may use the number of gas stations in between. Note that these pieces of information can be acquired from an external server device or the like via the network, for example.
  • FIGS. 4B and 4B in addition to the three-dimensional icon row display illustrated in FIG. 15A, as icon display processing according to the first embodiment, FIGS. 4B and 4B.
  • a flat icon row display illustrated in FIG. 16A (vertical display) or FIG. 16B (horizontal display) may be used.
  • the icons 80A to 85A are displayed at positions corresponding to the distance between the location of the facility whose presence is displayed and the current position of the vehicle.
  • branch point marks LMK and RMK and the number marks LL and RL according to the eighth embodiment are displayed at the positions shown in FIGS. 16 (a) and 16 (b), respectively.
  • the meanings of these branch point marks LMK and RMK and the number marks LL and RL are the same as those described with reference to FIG.
  • the display data generation unit 3 adds road marks RM indicating roads after branching via the branch point C1 and the branch point C2 to the planar road mark RM, and the branch point C1 and It may be configured to display only the number mark LL and the number mark RL at the position of the road mark RM corresponding to the branch point C2. In this case, neither the branch point mark LMK nor the branch point mark RMK is displayed.
  • the branch point C1 whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK.
  • the display data generation unit 3 blinks, for example, the branch point mark LMK indicating the presence of the branch point with the larger number, thereby changing the route ( A left turn in the case illustrated in FIG.
  • the blinking display in this case is obtained by, for example, obtaining icon blinking control data stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. (See step S5 in FIG. 3)
  • the display data generation unit 3 may be configured to blink the branch point mark LMK using this control data (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
  • the branch point whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK If there are more facilities that belong to the category to be displayed when turning left or right at C1 and branch point C2 than when going straight ahead, the presence of the facility is indicated by a branch point mark LMK in the case illustrated in FIG. It is said that the left turn at the branch point C1 is more than the number of gasoline stations to be displayed is going straight ahead), and the branch point mark LMK is illustrated as the branch point mark LMK-1 in FIG. In this way, it is possible to recommend the user of the navigation apparatus SS to change the route (left turn in the case of FIG. There.
  • the blinking display in this case may be obtained by using the icon blinking control data in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment.
  • the branch point C1 and the branch whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK are illustrated as the branch point mark RMK-1 in FIG. 18B.
  • the branch point mark RMK is illustrated as the branch point mark RMK-1 in FIG. 18B. It is configured so as to encourage the user of the navigation device SS to change the route (in the example illustrated in FIG. 18B, turn right) by blinking the display. It may be.
  • the blinking display in this case may be obtained by using the icon blinking control data in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment.
  • the number data RL and the number data LL are not necessarily required in the point that the existence of the facility after the right turn or the left turn (not the number but the existence of the facility after the branch) is displayed.
  • the branch point mark LMK or the like may be displayed only in a display mode that can clearly indicate (for example, the corresponding branch point mark LMK or the like is blinked or enlarged).
  • the branch point mark LMK and the like are displayed at the display position on the display 6 corresponding to the position of the branch point, and the number mark LL and the like are displayed at the display position corresponding to the branch point mark LMK and the like. Since the presence or absence of facilities at the branch destination can be recognized intuitively and immediately, for example, the vehicle can be prevented from entering a road that does not have a facility belonging to the category that is the display target, and more useful ( In other words, the route can be presented to the user more intuitively and immediately.
  • the branch direction can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the visibility of the branch point mark LMK-1 indicating a branch having a large number of such facilities is determined. Since the visibility of the icon 80 or the visibility of the other branch point mark RMK is enhanced, a more convenient branch for the user can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the branch point mark RMK corresponding to the branch destination road that can reach the facility or the like earlier can be obtained. Since the visibility is higher than the visibility of the icon 83 or the visibility of the other branch point mark LMK, a branch destination that is more convenient for the user can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
  • the embodiment has been described on the assumption that the icon row is displayed.
  • the present application is not limited to this, and when the icon row is not displayed, it branches to the road to be moved.
  • a branch point mark LMK or the like is displayed at a display position on the display 6 corresponding to the position of the branch point, and a number mark LL or the like is displayed at a display position corresponding to the branch point mark LMK or the like. May be.
  • the position of the branch point and the presence or absence of facilities at the branch destination can be recognized intuitively and immediately, preventing the vehicle from entering a road that does not have a facility belonging to the category that is the display target.
  • more useful routes can be presented to the user more intuitively and immediately.
  • an icon as an image is used as an example of the “feature index” according to the present application.
  • an index including character data, symbol data, and the like other than image data is used for each implementation.
  • the present application can also be applied to display in place of the icon according to the example.
  • each Example mentioned above it was set as the structure which completes and performs the icon row display which concerns on each Example in the navigation apparatus SS illustrated in FIG. 2, but as shown in FIG.
  • the storage unit 1 according to each embodiment is placed in the server device 92 on the network, and the communication unit 91 provided in the server device 92 and the communication unit 90 provided in the navigation device SS1 are connected via the network. It can also be configured to perform icon row display according to each embodiment while exchanging data. In this case, the storage capacity necessary for the navigation device SS1 can be greatly reduced, and the navigation device SS1 itself can be manufactured / sold at a low cost, for example.
  • the processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3 according to each embodiment do not need to be provided in the information terminal, for example, in a server device connected to the information terminal via a network.
  • the processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3 are provided.
  • the display data generated in the display data generation unit 3 is transmitted to the information terminal via the network, and the icon sequence according to each embodiment.
  • the display may be performed on the information terminal.
  • the function as the processing unit 2 and the function as the display data generation unit 3 in the navigation device SS or the navigation device SS1 are, for example, a program corresponding to the flowchart shown in FIG. It may be functionally realized in the CPU or the display data generation unit 3 by being read and executed by the CPU and the display data generation unit 3.
  • This program may be configured to be acquired and executed in each navigation device SS or navigation device SS1 via the network NW.
  • the program recorded on an optical disc or the like is stored in the processing unit 2 of each device and
  • the display data generation unit 3 can also be configured to read and execute.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Atmospheric Sciences (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Navigation (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a display information generation device that displays information in a manner so that it becomes possible to immediately and intuitively recognize the information, which is for guiding a mobile body. A navigation device (SS) provided with a display (6) that moves together with a vehicle is provided with a display data generation unit (3) that, on the basis of the position information indicating the vehicle position, acquires distance information indicating the distance from the position of the vehicle of facilities positioned along the road along which the vehicle is moving, and on the basis of the acquired position information and distance information, displays an icon indicating the facilities at both sides of the road at the display (6) arranged in order of the order of appearance accompanying the motion of the vehicle. The display data generation unit (3) displays an icon indicating the last facility to appear in the interval to the end of motion along the road at a corresponding position in the display (6) that can be distinguished from icons indicating other facilities.

Description

表示情報生成装置、表示情報生成方法及び表示情報生成用プログラム並びに情報記録媒体Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
 本願は、表示情報生成装置、表示情報生成方法及び表示情報生成用プログラム並びに情報記録媒体の技術分野に属する。より詳細には、車両等の移動体内において表示される表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置及び表示情報生成方法、並びに当該表示情報生成装置において用いられるプログラム並びに当該表示情報生成用プログラムが記録された情報記録媒体の技術分野に属する。 This application belongs to the technical field of a display information generation device, a display information generation method, a display information generation program, and an information recording medium. More specifically, a display information generation device and a display information generation method for generating display information to be displayed in a moving body such as a vehicle, a program used in the display information generation device, and the display information generation program are recorded. It belongs to the technical field of information recording media.
 近年、車両や自転車或いは人と共に移動しつつ、当該車両等の移動を案内するナビゲーション装置が広く一般化している。 In recent years, navigation devices that guide movement of a vehicle or the like while moving with a vehicle, a bicycle, or a person have been widely used.
 ここで、現在一般化しているナビゲーション装置においては、車両等の運転者が視認可能な例えばダッシュボードの位置に設けられたディスプレイ上に道路等を含む地図を表示し、当該表示されている地図上に目的地までのルートを表示しつつ案内を行う構成とされている。即ち従来のナビゲーション装置では、地図を表示しつつ、その地図として表示されている道路や施設等との関係において、目的地までのルートや曲がるべき交差点等を運転者が認識する構成とされている。このような従来のナビゲーション装置に関する先行技術文献としては、例えば下記特許文献1及び特許文献2等が挙げられる。 Here, in the currently generalized navigation device, a map including roads and the like is displayed on a display provided at, for example, a dashboard position visible to a driver such as a vehicle, and the displayed map It is configured to provide guidance while displaying the route to the destination. That is, in the conventional navigation device, the driver recognizes the route to the destination, the intersection to be bent, etc. in relation to the roads and facilities displayed as the map while displaying the map. . As prior art documents concerning such a conventional navigation device, for example, the following Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 can be cited.
 ここで、上述した従来のナビゲーション装置では、ダッシュボードの位置に備えられたディスプレイを運転者が見る際には、その視線を正面からディスプレイが見える位置までずらす必要があり、そのことに起因する安全上の問題点が指摘されることがあった。 Here, in the conventional navigation device described above, when the driver looks at the display provided at the dashboard position, it is necessary to shift the line of sight from the front to the position where the display can be seen. The above problems were sometimes pointed out.
 そこで近年では、上記ダッシュボードに備えられたディスプレイに代えて、いわゆるヘッドアップディスプレイ(Head Up Display(以下、単にHUDと称する))を備えたナビゲーション装置が開発されている。このHUDは、運転中の運転者の視線上のフロントガラスの部分に特殊な処理を施し、その部分に右左折のための情報等の必要な情報を投影/表示して案内を行うものである。また、運転者の頭部に装着されたヘルメット内に地図等の表示用のディスプレイを内蔵させた、いわゆるヘッドマウンテッドディスプレイ(Head Mounted Display(以下、単にHMDと称する))を備えたナビゲーション装置も開発されている。これらHUDやHMDを備えたナビゲーション装置は、運転者が案内用の情報を視認するために視線を正面からずらす必要がないため、安全上も好適とされている。 Therefore, in recent years, a navigation device having a so-called head-up display (hereinafter simply referred to as HUD) has been developed in place of the display provided in the dashboard. This HUD performs a special process on the portion of the windshield on the line of sight of the driver who is driving, and projects / displays necessary information such as information for turning left and right on that portion for guidance. . There is also a navigation device equipped with a so-called head mounted display (hereinafter simply referred to as HMD) in which a display for displaying a map or the like is built in a helmet mounted on the driver's head. Has been developed. The navigation device provided with these HUD and HMD is suitable for safety because the driver does not need to shift his / her line of sight from the front in order to view the guidance information.
特開2004-132789号公報(例えば第3図乃至第10図等)Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-132789 (for example, FIGS. 3 to 10) 特開平6-96390号公報(例えば第3図乃至第5図等)JP-A-6-96390 (for example, FIGS. 3 to 5)
 しかしながら、上述したようなHUDやHMDの場合、運転者の視線をずらさないというその趣旨を考慮すると、案内用の情報を表示する領域の物理的な広さは制限される。よって、当該情報としてもあまり多くを表示することはできない。また、特にHUDの場合、フロントガラス越しに見える前方の風景と共に案内用の情報が表示されることとなり、結果として当該風景と一体化することとなるため、あまり複雑な情報を表示することはできない。 However, in the case of HUD and HMD as described above, the physical area of the area for displaying information for guidance is limited in consideration of the purpose of not shifting the driver's line of sight. Therefore, too much information cannot be displayed. In particular, in the case of the HUD, information for guidance is displayed together with the forward scenery that can be seen through the windshield. As a result, the information is integrated with the scenery, so that complicated information cannot be displayed. .
 そして何より、HUDやHMDの場合は前方の風景を認識しつつ案内用の情報をも認識する必要があるため、「直感的に」且つ「即時に」必要な案内用の情報を認識できることが求められる。なおこの「直感的に」且つ「即時に」という観点は、HUDやHMDに限らず、現在普及しているディスプレイ上に案内用の情報を表示する場合にも当て嵌まる観点である。 Above all, in the case of HUD and HMD, it is necessary to recognize the guidance information while recognizing the scenery in front, so it is necessary to be able to recognize the necessary guidance information “intuitively” and “immediately”. It is done. Note that this “intuitive” and “immediately” viewpoint is not limited to HUD and HMD, but is also applicable to the case where information for guidance is displayed on a currently popular display.
 そこで本願は、上記の各問題点及び要請等に鑑みて為されたもので、その課題の一例は、移動体の案内用の情報をより直感的且つ即時に認識することが可能となるように当該情報を表示する表示情報生成装置等を提供することにある。 Therefore, the present application has been made in view of the above-described problems and requests, and an example of the problem is that it is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize information for guiding a moving object. The object is to provide a display information generation device or the like for displaying the information.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項1に記載の発明は、移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において、前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得手段と、前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得手段と、前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路の両側の前記地物を示す地物指標を、前記移動体の移動に伴う出現順に並べて前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成手段と、前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信手段と、を備え、前記生成手段は、前記移動路に沿った前記移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物である最終地物を示す前記地物指標である最終地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す前記地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成するように構成される。 In order to solve the above-described problem, the invention according to claim 1 is a display information generation device that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit that moves together with a moving body, and acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires distance information indicating a distance from a position of the moving body of a feature positioned along a moving path along which the moving body moves based on the acquired position information Based on the information acquisition means and the acquired position information and distance information, the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path are displayed on the display means in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body. Generating means for generating the display information, and transmitting means for transmitting the generated display information to the display means for display, the generating means until the end of the movement along the movement path of For displaying the final feature index that is the feature index indicating the final feature that is the last feature that appears in the display unit so as to be distinguishable from the feature index that indicates the other feature. The display information is configured to be generated.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項7に記載の発明は、移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において、前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得手段と、前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得手段と、前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路に沿った移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物を示す地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成手段と、前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信手段と、を備える。 In order to solve the above problem, the invention according to claim 7 is a display information generating device that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit that moves together with a moving body, and acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires distance information indicating a distance from a position of the moving body of a feature positioned along a moving path along which the moving body moves based on the acquired position information Based on the information acquisition means and the acquired position information and distance information, the feature index indicating the feature that appears last until the end of the movement along the moving path, and the other feature Generation means for generating the display information to be displayed on the display means so as to be identifiable from the feature index to be shown; and transmission means for transmitting the generated display information to the display means for display.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項8に記載の発明は、請求項1から請求項5のいずれか一項に記載の表示情報生成装置に含まれるコンピュータを、前記位置情報取得手段、前記距離情報取得手段、前記生成手段、及び、前記送信手段、として機能させる。 In order to solve the above problem, an invention described in claim 8 is directed to a computer included in the display information generation apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the position information acquisition unit, It functions as a distance information acquisition unit, the generation unit, and the transmission unit.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項9に記載の発明は、請求項8に記載の前記表示情報生成用プログラムが、請求項8に記載の前記コンピュータにより読み取り可能に記録されている。 In order to solve the above-described problem, in the invention according to claim 9, the display information generating program according to claim 8 is recorded so as to be readable by the computer according to claim 8.
 上記の課題を解決するために、請求項10に記載の発明は、移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において実行される表示情報生成方法において、前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得工程と、前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得工程と、前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路の両側の前記地物を示す地物指標を、前記移動体の移動に伴う出現順に並べて前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成工程と、前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信工程と、を含み、前記生成工程においては、前記移動路に沿った前記移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物である最終地物を示す前記地物指標である最終地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す前記地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成するように構成される。 In order to solve the above problem, the invention according to claim 10 is the display information generating method executed in the display information generating apparatus for generating the display information to be displayed on the display means that moves together with the moving body. A position information acquisition step of acquiring position information indicating the position of the object, and a distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves based on the acquired position information Based on the acquired position information and distance information, the feature index indicating the feature on both sides of the moving path is displayed in the order of appearance accompanying the movement of the moving body. A generation step for generating the display information to be displayed side by side on the display means; and a transmission step for transmitting the generated display information to the display means for display. Indicates the final feature index that is the feature index indicating the final feature that is the last feature that appears until the end of the movement along the movement path, and indicates the other feature. The display information to be displayed on the display means is identifiable from a feature index.
実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置の概要構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of the display information generation apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置の概要構成を示すブロック図等であり、(a)は当該ブロック図であり、(b)は各実施例に係る表示用データベースの構成を例示する図であり、(c)は各実施例に係るアイコンを例示する図である。BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a block diagram etc. which show schematic structure of the navigation apparatus which concerns on 1st Example, (a) is the said block diagram, (b) is a figure which illustrates the structure of the database for a display which concerns on each Example, (C) is a figure which illustrates the icon which concerns on each Example. 第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the icon display process which concerns on 1st Example. 第1実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図であり、(c)は第3例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 1st Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example. FIG. 第2実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(I)であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図であり、(c)は第3例を示す図であり、(d)は第4例を示す図である。It is a figure (I) which shows the example of a display concerning the 2nd example, (a) is a figure showing the 1st example, (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example, (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows 3 examples, (d) is a figure which shows a 4th example. 第2実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(II)であり、(a)は第5例を示す図であり、(b)は第6例を示す図であり、(c)は第7例を示す図である。It is a figure (II) which shows the example of a display concerning the 2nd example, (a) is a figure showing the 5th example, (b) is a figure showing the 6th example, (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows seven examples. 第3実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図であり、(c)は第3例を示す図であり、(d)は第4例を示す図であり、(e)は第5例を示す図であり、(f)は第6例を示す図であり、(g)は第7例を示す図であり、(h)は第8例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 3rd Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example. (D) is a diagram illustrating a fourth example, (e) is a diagram illustrating a fifth example, (f) is a diagram illustrating a sixth example, and (g) is a seventh diagram. It is a figure which shows an example, (h) is a figure which shows an 8th example. 第4実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図であり、(c)は第3例を示す図であり、(d)は第4例を示す図であり、(e)は第5例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display which concerns on 4th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (c) is a figure which shows a 3rd example. (D) is a figure which shows a 4th example, (e) is a figure which shows a 5th example. 第5実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 5th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 1st example, (b) is a figure which shows a 2nd example. 第6実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(I)であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図であり、(c)は第3例を示す図である。It is a figure (I) which shows the example of a display concerning the 6th example, (a) is a figure showing the 1st example, (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example, (c) is the figure It is a figure which shows three examples. 第6実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(II)であり、(a)は第4例を示す図であり、(b)は第5例を示す図である。It is a figure (II) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 6th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 4th example, (b) is a figure which shows a 5th example. 第7実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(I)であり、(a)は第1例を示す図であり、(b)は第2例を示す図である。It is a figure (I) which shows the example of a display concerning the 7th example, (a) is a figure showing the 1st example, and (b) is a figure showing the 2nd example. 第7実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(II)であり、(a)は第3例を示す図であり、(b)は第4例を示す図であり、(c)は第5例を示す図であり、(d)は第6例を示す図である。It is figure (II) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 7th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 3rd example, (b) is a figure which shows a 4th example, (c) is a figure It is a figure which shows 5 examples, (d) is a figure which shows a 6th example. 第7実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(III)である。It is FIG. (III) which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 7th Example. 第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(I)であり、(a)は前提としての道路状態を例示する図であり、(b)はその第1例を示す図である。It is a figure (I) which shows the example of a display of an icon concerning the 8th example, (a) is a figure which illustrates the road state as a premise, and (b) is a figure showing the 1st example. 第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(II)であり、(a)は第2例を示す図であり、(b)は第3例を示す図である。It is a figure (II) which shows the example of a display concerning the 8th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 2nd example, (b) is a figure which shows a 3rd example. 第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(III)であり、(a)は第4例を示す図であり、(b)は第5例を示す図であり、(c)は第6例を示す図である。It is figure (III) which shows the example of a display which concerns on 8th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 4th example, (b) is a figure which shows a 5th example, (c) is a figure It is a figure which shows six examples. 第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図(IV)であり、(a)は第7例を示す図であり、(b)は第8例を示す図である。It is a figure (IV) which shows the example of a display of the icon which concerns on 8th Example, (a) is a figure which shows a 7th example, (b) is a figure which shows an 8th example. 変形例に係るナビゲーション装置等の概要構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure, such as a navigation apparatus concerning a modification.
 次に、本願を実施するための形態について、図1を用いて説明する。なお図1は、実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置の概要構成を示すブロック図である。 Next, an embodiment for carrying out the present application will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the display information generation apparatus according to the embodiment.
 実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置は、例えば車両、自転車又は人等である移動体と共に移動する例えば液晶ディスプレイ等の表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置である。そして実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置Sは、図1に示すように、位置情報取得手段2Aと、距離情報取得手段2Bと、生成手段3と、送信手段2Cと、により構成されている。 The display information generation apparatus according to the embodiment is a display information generation apparatus that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit such as a liquid crystal display that moves together with a moving body such as a vehicle, a bicycle, or a person. As shown in FIG. 1, the display information generation apparatus S according to the embodiment includes a position information acquisition unit 2A, a distance information acquisition unit 2B, a generation unit 3, and a transmission unit 2C.
 この構成において位置情報取得手段2Aは、上記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得して生成手段3及び距離情報取得手段2Bに出力する。この位置情報は、例えば、いわゆるGPS(Global Positioning System)を用いて当該動体において検出された位置を示す位置情報や、当該移動体自体において自立的に検出した位置を示す位置情報を取得する。 In this configuration, the position information acquisition unit 2A acquires position information indicating the position of the moving body and outputs the position information to the generation unit 3 and the distance information acquisition unit 2B. As this position information, for example, position information indicating a position detected in the moving object using so-called GPS (Global Positioning System), or position information indicating a position detected autonomously in the moving object itself is acquired.
 次に距離情報取得手段2Bは、位置情報取得手段2Aにより取得された位置情報に基づいて、移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、当該移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得して生成手段3に出力する。この地物には、例えば、移動体の移動路に沿って位置する諸施設や当該移動体の移動における案内地点、或いは当該移動における目的地点等が該当する。またこの距離情報としては、例えば上記移動体に備えられた装置により検出又は算出された当該距離を示す距離情報を取得する。 Next, the distance information acquisition means 2B indicates the distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves, based on the position information acquired by the position information acquisition means 2A. The distance information is acquired and output to the generation unit 3. This feature corresponds to, for example, various facilities located along the moving path of the moving body, a guide point in moving the moving body, or a destination point in moving. As the distance information, for example, distance information indicating the distance detected or calculated by the device provided in the moving body is acquired.
 これらにより生成手段3は、取得された位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、移動路の両側の地物を示す地物指標を、移動体の移動に伴う出現順に並べて表示手段に表示するための表示情報を生成し、これを送信手段2Cに出力する。そして送信手段2Cは、出力されてきた表示情報を表示手段に送信して表示させる。 Accordingly, the generation unit 3 displays the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body on the display unit based on the acquired position information and distance information. Information is generated and output to the transmission means 2C. Then, the transmission unit 2C transmits the output display information to the display unit for display.
 このとき生成手段3は、移動路に沿った移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する地物である最終地物を示す地物指標である最終地物指標を、他の地物を示す地物指標から識別可能に表示手段に表示するための表示情報を生成して送信手段2Cに出力する。 At this time, the generation means 3 uses the final feature index, which is a feature index indicating the final feature, which is the last feature that appears until the end of the movement along the moving path, as a feature indicating another feature. Display information to be displayed on the display means in an identifiable manner from the object index is generated and output to the transmission means 2C.
 以上説明したように、実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置Sの動作によれば、移動体の位置と、その位置から地物までの距離と、に基づいて、移動路の両側の地物を示す地物指標を、その出現順に並べて表示手段に表示させる。よって、当該地物指標が表示されている表示手段を視認することにより、移動路の両側の地物自体の存在やその位置、或いは当該地物までの距離感等を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the operation of the display information generation device S according to the embodiment, the features on both sides of the moving path are shown based on the position of the moving body and the distance from the position to the feature. The feature indicators are displayed on the display means in the order of appearance. Therefore, by visually recognizing the display means on which the feature index is displayed, the presence and position of the feature itself on both sides of the moving path, the distance to the feature, etc. can be more intuitively and immediately. Can be recognized.
 また、最終地物を示す最終地物指標を、他の地物指標から識別可能に表示するので、最終地物の存在、換言すれば最終地物より先には地物が存在しないことを、直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 In addition, since the final feature index indicating the final feature is displayed so as to be distinguishable from other feature indexes, the presence of the final feature, in other words, that there is no feature ahead of the final feature, Intuitive and immediate recognition.
 次に、上述した実施形態に対応する複数の具体的な実施例について、図2乃至図18を用いて説明する。なお以下に説明する各実施例は、車両に搭載されてその移動を案内するナビゲーション装置に含まれるディスプレイに表示する表示情報の生成処理に対して、実施形態に係る情報表示装置Sを適用した場合の実施例である。なお上記車両は、本願に係る「移動体」の一例である。また、各実施例に係るナビゲーション装置が搭載されている車両を、以下適宜「車両」と称する。
(I)第1実施例
 初めに、実施形態に対応する第1実施例について、図2乃至図4を用いて説明する。なお図2は第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置の概要構成を示すブロック図等であり、図3は第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理を示すフローチャートであり、図4は第1実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。ここで図2は、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置において、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理に関連する構成部材を抽出して示すブロック図である。また図2では、図1に示した実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置Sにおける各構成部材に対応する実施例の構成部材のそれぞれについて、当該表示情報生成装置Sにおける各構成部材と同一又は関連する部材番号を用いている。
Next, a plurality of specific examples corresponding to the above-described embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, each Example demonstrated below is a case where the information display apparatus S which concerns on embodiment is applied with respect to the production | generation process of the display information displayed on the display contained in the navigation apparatus which is mounted in a vehicle and guides the movement This is an example. The vehicle is an example of the “moving body” according to the present application. Further, a vehicle in which the navigation device according to each embodiment is mounted is hereinafter referred to as “vehicle” as appropriate.
(I) First Example First, a first example corresponding to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the navigation device according to the first embodiment, FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing icon display processing according to the first embodiment, and FIG. 4 is related to the first embodiment. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of an icon. Here, FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing extracted components related to the icon display processing according to the first embodiment in the navigation device according to the first embodiment. In FIG. 2, each of the constituent members of the example corresponding to each constituent member in the display information generating device S according to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 is the same as or related to each constituent member in the display information generating device S. The member number is used.
 実施形態に係る表示情報生成装置Sが適用される第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSは、上記車両に搭載され、当該車両の移動を案内するナビゲーション装置SSである。第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSは、図2に示すように、地図データベースMDB及び表示用データベースDDBを不揮発性に記憶するハードディスクドライブ等からなる記憶部1と、処理部2と、実施形態に係る生成手段3の一例としての表示データ生成部3と、複数の操作ボタン等を備えた操作パネル又は複数の操作ボタン等を備えたリモコン装置等からなる操作部4と、加速度センサや車速パルス取得部等の自立的な位置センサ及び上記GPS等を含むセンサ部5と、本願に係る「表示手段」の一例としての液晶ディスプレイ又はHUD等からなるディスプレイ6と、により構成されている。このとき処理部2は、図示しないCPU、RAM(Random Access Memory)及びROM(Read Only Memory)等からなり、実施形態に係る位置情報取得手段2Aの一例、距離情報取得手段2Bの一例、送信手段2Cの一例及び本願に係る「判定手段」の一例を構成する。また上記記憶部1、処理部2、表示データ生成部3、操作部4、センサ部5及びディスプレイ6は、バス7を介して接続されて相互にデータの授受が可能となされている。 A navigation device SS according to a first example to which the display information generation device S according to the embodiment is applied is a navigation device SS that is mounted on the vehicle and guides the movement of the vehicle. As shown in FIG. 2, the navigation device SS according to the first example includes a storage unit 1 including a hard disk drive that stores a map database MDB and a display database DDB in a nonvolatile manner, a processing unit 2, and an embodiment. The display data generation unit 3 as an example of the generation unit 3, the operation unit 4 including an operation panel including a plurality of operation buttons or the like, or a remote control device including a plurality of operation buttons, and the like, an acceleration sensor and a vehicle speed pulse acquisition The sensor unit 5 includes a self-supporting position sensor such as a unit and the GPS and the like, and a display 6 including a liquid crystal display or an HUD as an example of the “display unit” according to the present application. At this time, the processing unit 2 includes a CPU, a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and the like (not shown), and an example of the position information acquisition unit 2A, an example of the distance information acquisition unit 2B according to the embodiment, and a transmission unit. An example of 2C and an example of “determination means” according to the present application are configured. The storage unit 1, processing unit 2, display data generation unit 3, operation unit 4, sensor unit 5, and display 6 are connected via a bus 7 and can exchange data with each other.
 この構成において記憶部1の地図データベースMDBには、第1実施例に係る車両の移動の案内に必要な地図をディスプレイ6に表示する際に用いられる地図データが、データベースとして記憶されている。一方表示用データベースDDBには、図2(b)に示すように、アイコン表示用データ1Aと、表示制御用データ1Bと、付随情報表示用データ1Cと、分岐先表示用データ1Dと、道路等表示用データ1Eと、が、不揮発的に記憶されている。 In this configuration, the map database MDB of the storage unit 1 stores, as a database, map data used when displaying a map necessary for guidance of vehicle movement according to the first embodiment on the display 6. On the other hand, in the display database DDB, as shown in FIG. 2B, icon display data 1A, display control data 1B, accompanying information display data 1C, branch destination display data 1D, roads, etc. Display data 1E is stored in a nonvolatile manner.
 ここでアイコン表示用データ1Aは、例えば図2(c)に例示するようなアイコンIC1乃至IC10をディスプレイ6に表示する際に用いられるデータである。図2(c)に例示するアイコンIC1乃至IC10は、地図内に含まれている施設(図2(c)に例示する場合は「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンド)ごと(又はその施設の種類ごと)に、その施設の位置等をディスプレイ6に表示する際に当該ディスプレイ6の当該位置等に表示されるアイコンである。このアイコンが本願に係る「地物指標」の一例に相当する。第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSでは、例えば一つの(或いは一種類の)施設ごとに、図2(c)に例示するように十通りの大きさのアイコンIC1乃至IC10を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aが、表示用データベースDDB内に含まれて記憶部1に記憶されている。第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理の場合、これらアイコンIC1乃至IC10のそれぞれは、後述するように、車両の現在位置からの距離感を表現する際に用いられる。具体的には、当該現在位置に近いその施設を示すアイコンほど、例えばサイズが大きなアイコンが使用されて、当該施設がディスプレイ6に表示される。また各アイコン表示用データ1Aには、それにより表示されるアイコンにより示される施設の属性等を示す情報、具体的に例えば、「ガソリンスタンド」等のカテゴリを示す情報、営業時間に係る情報、或いは駐車場の有無を示す情報等の情報が関連付けられて記憶されている。 Here, the icon display data 1A is data used when displaying the icons IC1 to IC10 as exemplified in FIG. 2C on the display 6, for example. The icons IC1 to IC10 illustrated in FIG. 2C are displayed for each facility (or the type of the facility of “A gasoline” in the case illustrated in FIG. 2C) included in the map. In addition, the icon is displayed at the position or the like of the display 6 when the position or the like of the facility is displayed on the display 6. This icon corresponds to an example of a “feature index” according to the present application. In the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, for example, icons for displaying ten sizes of icons IC1 to IC10 as shown in FIG. 2C for each (or one type) of facilities. Display data 1A is included in display database DDB and stored in storage unit 1. In the case of the icon display processing according to the first embodiment, each of these icons IC1 to IC10 is used when expressing a sense of distance from the current position of the vehicle, as will be described later. Specifically, the icon indicating the facility closer to the current position is displayed on the display 6 using, for example, an icon having a larger size. Each icon display data 1A includes information indicating an attribute of a facility indicated by an icon displayed thereby, specifically, information indicating a category such as “gas station”, information on business hours, or Information such as information indicating the presence or absence of a parking lot is associated and stored.
 次に表示制御用データ1Bは、ディスプレイ6に表示されているアイコンの表示態様を、第1実施例に係る後述のアイコン表示処理において変化させるための制御データである。具体的には例えば、ディスプレイ6に表示されているアイコンの表示位置をディスプレイ6内において上下左右に所定の時間間隔で移動させたり、当該アイコン自体をその表示位置において回転させたり、或いは当該アイコンを点滅させたりするといった表示態様の変化を、表示制御用データ1Bを用いて制御する。 Next, the display control data 1B is control data for changing the display mode of the icon displayed on the display 6 in an icon display process described later according to the first embodiment. Specifically, for example, the display position of the icon displayed on the display 6 is moved up and down, left and right within the display 6 at predetermined time intervals, the icon itself is rotated at the display position, or the icon is moved. The display mode change such as blinking is controlled using the display control data 1B.
 次に付随情報表示用データ1Cは、アイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて表示される各アイコンの傍等(即ち当該アイコンに対応する位置)に、当該アイコンにより表示される施設等についての付随情報を表示するためのデータである。具体的に付随情報表示用データ1Cは、例えば、図2(c)に例示するアイコンIC1を用いてその存在がディスプレイ6上に表示されている「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドにおけるガソリンの価格等を、上記付随情報として当該アイコンIC1の傍等に表示する際に用いられる。 Next, the accompanying information display data 1C includes the accompanying information about the facility and the like displayed by the icon next to each icon displayed using the icon display data 1A (that is, the position corresponding to the icon). It is data for display. Specifically, the accompanying information display data 1C includes, for example, the price of gasoline at the “A gasoline” gas station whose presence is displayed on the display 6 using the icon IC1 illustrated in FIG. This is used when displaying the accompanying information as a side of the icon IC1.
 次に道路等表示用データ1Dは、アイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて表示される各アイコンと共にディスプレイ6に表示される、第1実施例に係る道路等を表示するためのデータである。具体的に道路等表示用データ1Dは、例えば、車両の現在位置を示す後述の現在位置マーク、第1実施例に係る道路を表現する後述の道路マーク、及び上記現在位置からの距離を相対的に示す後述の距離マーク等を、例えば図2(c)に例示するアイコンIC1等と共にディスプレイ6上に表示する際に用いられる。 Next, the road display data 1D is data for displaying the roads and the like according to the first embodiment, which are displayed on the display 6 together with the icons displayed using the icon display data 1A. Specifically, the road display data 1D includes, for example, a current position mark (described later) indicating the current position of the vehicle, a road mark (described later) representing the road according to the first embodiment, and a distance from the current position. For example, a distance mark described later is displayed on the display 6 together with the icon IC1 and the like illustrated in FIG.
 最後に分岐先表示用データ1Eは、車両が移動する(換言すれば、その現在位置から移動するであろう)道路に分岐がある場合、その分岐先にある施設等に関連する情報をディスプレイ6上に表示する際に用いられる。具体的には、例えば、分岐の方向を示す後述の方向マークや、その分岐先にある施設等の数を示す数マーク等を表示するためのデータが、分岐先表示用データ1Eとして記憶部1内に記憶されている。 Finally, the branch destination display data 1E displays information related to the facility or the like at the branch destination when there is a branch on the road on which the vehicle moves (in other words, from the current position). Used when displaying above. Specifically, for example, data for displaying a later-described direction mark indicating the direction of a branch, a number mark indicating the number of facilities at the branch destination, and the like are stored in the storage unit 1 as branch destination display data 1E. Is stored within.
 次に、図2に例示する構成を備えるナビゲーション装置SSにおいて、主として処理部2及び表示データ生成部3により実行される、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理について、具体的に図2乃至図4を用いて説明する。 Next, in the navigation device SS having the configuration illustrated in FIG. 2, the icon display processing according to the first embodiment, which is mainly executed by the processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3, is specifically illustrated in FIGS. 2 to 4. Will be described.
 初めに、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された結果としてディスプレイ6に表示されるアイコン等の表示態様について、図4(a)を用いて具体的に例示しつつ説明する。 First, a display mode of icons and the like displayed on the display 6 as a result of execution of the icon display process according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 4A.
 後ほど図3を用いて詳述する第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された場合、ディスプレイ6には、図4(a)に一態様を例示するように、道路を模した上記道路マークRMと、車両の現在位置を示す上記現在位置マークPMと、上記道路マークRM内において当該現在位置からの相対的な距離を示す直線状の上記距離マークDLと、各距離に対応した施設の存在を表示するアイコン10乃至19と、が、表示される。 When the icon display process according to the first embodiment, which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 3, is executed, the road mark imitating a road is displayed on the display 6 as illustrated in FIG. 4A. RM, the current position mark PM indicating the current position of the vehicle, the linear distance mark DL indicating the relative distance from the current position in the road mark RM, and the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance The icons 10 to 19 for displaying are displayed.
 この表示態様において現在位置マークPMは、上記車両の現在位置を示す直線状のマークとして、当該現在位置がディスプレイ6において一番手前にあるように表示される。これに対して道路マークRMは、現在位置マークPMからディスプレイ6の奥行き方向に延びている道路を表現するように、例えばいわゆる遠近法により立体的に且つ模式的に表示される。ここで、第1実施例に係る車両が爾後に移動しようとする道路自体が現実には曲がっていたり、或いは右折又は左折すべき交差点がその道路上にあったりしても、第1実施例に係る道路マークRM自体は、「車両が進行すべき道路」の意味で直線的に表示される。 In this display mode, the current position mark PM is displayed as a linear mark indicating the current position of the vehicle so that the current position is closest to the display 6. On the other hand, the road mark RM is displayed three-dimensionally and schematically by, for example, a so-called perspective so as to represent a road extending from the current position mark PM in the depth direction of the display 6. Here, even if the road itself to which the vehicle according to the first embodiment is going to move is actually bent, or there is an intersection on the road to turn right or left, the first embodiment The road mark RM itself is displayed linearly in the sense of “road on which the vehicle should travel”.
 一方距離マークDLは、その時点でディスプレイ6に表示させるべき各施設(図4(a)に例示する場合はアイコン10乃至19によりその存在が表示される複数種類のガソリンスタンド)の車両からの相対的な距離を表現すべく、例えば図4(a)に例示するように現在位置マークPMに平行な直線として、道路マークRM内に表示される。 On the other hand, the distance mark DL is relative to the vehicle of each facility to be displayed on the display 6 at that time (a plurality of kinds of gas stations whose existence is displayed by the icons 10 to 19 in the case of FIG. 4A). In order to express a specific distance, it is displayed in the road mark RM as a straight line parallel to the current position mark PM as exemplified in FIG.
 そして各アイコン10乃至19は、そのアイコン10乃至19によりその存在が表示される施設が実際に存在している位置までの車両の現在位置(現在位置マークPMにより模式的に表現されている車両の現在位置)からの相対的な距離に対応した位置に、当該車両が移動した場合の出現順に表示される。またアイコン10乃至19は、現在位置から爾後に車両が移動する道路の、上記各施設が実際に存在している側(即ち当該道路の右側又は左側のいずれか)に相当する上記道路マークRMの側の位置に表示される。 Each icon 10 to 19 is the current position of the vehicle up to the position where the facility whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 to 19 actually exists (the vehicle position schematically represented by the current position mark PM). They are displayed in the order of appearance when the vehicle moves to a position corresponding to a relative distance from the current position. The icons 10 to 19 indicate the road mark RM corresponding to the side on which the vehicle actually moves from the current position where the facilities actually exist (that is, either the right side or the left side of the road). It is displayed at the side position.
 なお、車両の現在位置から見た距離が近接する施設については、その存在を表示するアイコンは、例えば図4(a)に例示するアイコン10、12及び13のようにそれぞれ一部を重ね合わせて表示される。更にアイコン10乃至19は、当該各アイコン10乃至19によりその存在がそれぞれ表示される各施設が、(実際に等間隔で位置しているわけではないが)車両から見て等間隔に位置しているように並べて表示される。より具体的には、例えば図4(a)において、アイコン10によりその存在が表示される「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドまでの車両の現在位置からの距離とアイコン11によりその存在が表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドまでの車両の現在位置からの距離との差(即ち、「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドと「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの間隔)は、上記「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドまでの車両の現在位置からの距離とアイコン12によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドまでの車両の現在位置からの距離との差(即ち、「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドと「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの間隔)と(見かけ上)等しいように表示される。この場合の表示方法について更に具体的に説明すると、例えば以下のような表示方法がある。
・上記遠近法を利用して表示する場合、車両の現在位置から見て遠方のガソリンスタンドになるほど、ディスプレイ6の表示上では、それらの存在をそれぞれ表示するアイコン同士の間隔を詰めて表示する。
・アイコン10等のディスプレイ6上での大きさは遠近法で表示し、アイコン10等はディスプレイ6の表示上では等間隔に表示する。
・上記遠近法を用いずに、ディスプレイ6の表示上でアイコン10等を等間隔に表示する。
In addition, for facilities whose distance from the current position of the vehicle is close, the icons indicating the existence of the facilities overlap each other like icons 10, 12 and 13 illustrated in FIG. 4A, for example. Is displayed. Furthermore, the icons 10 to 19 are located at equal intervals when viewed from the vehicle (although not actually located at equal intervals), the facilities whose presence is indicated by the icons 10 to 19 respectively. Are displayed side by side. More specifically, for example, in FIG. 4A, the distance from the current position of the vehicle to the gas station “A gasoline” whose presence is displayed by the icon 10 and the presence of the icon 11 are displayed. The difference from the current position of the vehicle to the “B gasoline” gas station (that is, the distance between the “A gasoline” gas station and the “B gasoline” gas station) is the same as the above “B gasoline” gas station. The difference between the distance from the current position of the vehicle and the distance from the current position of the vehicle to the “C gasoline” gas station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12 (ie, the “B gasoline” gas station and the “C gasoline” (Gasoline gas station interval) and (apparently) the same. More specifically, the display method in this case includes the following display methods.
When displaying using the perspective method, the closer to the gas station as viewed from the current position of the vehicle, the closer the icons are displayed on the display 6, the closer the icons are.
The size of the icon 10 or the like on the display 6 is displayed in perspective, and the icon 10 or the like is displayed at regular intervals on the display 6.
-Icons 10 etc. are displayed at equal intervals on the display 6 without using the perspective method.
 これらのアイコン10乃至19は、図2に示すアイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて表示される。また現在位置マークPM、道路マークRM及び距離マークDLは、図2に示す道路等表示用データ1Dを用いて表示される。 These icons 10 to 19 are displayed using the icon display data 1A shown in FIG. The current position mark PM, the road mark RM, and the distance mark DL are displayed using road display data 1D shown in FIG.
 ここで具体的に図4(a)に例示する場合、アイコン10によりその存在が表示される「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが、現在位置マークPMにより表示される現在位置にある車両から見て最も近く、且つ当該車両が爾後に移動しようとする道路(道路マークRMにより模式的に示されている道路)の右側(右の路側)に存在していることが、当該アイコン10により表示されている。また同様に、アイコン11によりその存在が表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが、車両の現在位置から見て、アイコン10により存在が表示されるAガソリンのガソリンスタンドの次に近く、且つ道路マークRMにより模式的に示されている道路の左側(左の路側)に存在していることが、当該アイコン11により表示されている。以下同様に、車両の現在位置から近い順に、アイコン12によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン13によりその存在が表示される「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン14によりその存在が表示される「Eガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、アイコン15によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが(アイコン12によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドとは別個に)道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン16によりその存在が表示される「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが(アイコン13によりその存在が表示される「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドとは別個に)道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン17によりその存在が表示される「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、アイコン18によりその存在が表示される「Gガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、及び、アイコン19によりその存在が表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが(アイコン11によりその存在が表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドとは別個に)道路の右側に位置すること、が、それぞれ表現されて表示されている。そして上述したように、例えばアイコン10によりその存在が表示される「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドとアイコン11によりその存在が示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの間隔が、当該「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドとアイコン12によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの間隔と(見かけ上)等しいように表示されている。なお図4(a)に示す距離マークDLにつき、車両の現在位置から見て遠方に表示される距離マークDLになるほど、相隣接する距離マークDLの間隔を詰めるように表示しても良い(図4(a)以下の各図における距離マークDLの表示について、同様)。 4A, the petrol station “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 is the most viewed from the vehicle at the current position indicated by the current position mark PM. The icon 10 indicates that the vehicle is near and on the right side (right road side) of the road (the road schematically indicated by the road mark RM) on which the vehicle is about to move. . Similarly, the gasoline station “B gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 11 is close to the next to the gasoline station A gasoline whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 when viewed from the current position of the vehicle, and the road. The icon 11 indicates that the vehicle is present on the left side (left road side) of the road schematically indicated by the mark RM. Similarly, the “C gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12 is positioned on the right side of the road in the order of proximity from the current position of the vehicle, and “D gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 13. Is located on the right side of the road, the presence of “E gasoline” is indicated by the icon 14, and the presence of the gas station “C gasoline” is indicated by the icon 15. Is located on the right side of the road (separate from the “C gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 12), and the “D gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 16. (Different from the “D gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by icon 13 (I) The gasoline station of “F gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 17 is indicated on the left side of the road and the presence of “G gasoline” is indicated by the icon 18. The station is located on the left side of the road, and the “B gasoline” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 19 (separately from the “B petrol” petrol station whose presence is indicated by the icon 11 ) Positioning on the right side of the road is expressed and displayed. As described above, for example, the interval between the gas station “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 10 and the gas station “B gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 11 is the gasoline of the “B gasoline”. The station and icon 12 are displayed so as to be (apparently) equal to the interval between the “C gasoline” gasoline stations whose presence is displayed. It should be noted that the distance mark DL shown in FIG. 4A may be displayed so that the distance between the adjacent distance marks DL decreases as the distance mark DL is displayed farther from the current position of the vehicle (see FIG. 4). 4 (a) The same applies to the display of the distance mark DL in the following figures).
 次に、図4(a)に例示する表示態様でアイコン10等を表示するための、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理について、具体的に図3を用いて説明する。図3に示すアイコン表示処理は、上述したように、処理部2の制御の下、表示データ生成部3を中心として実行される。また以下の説明では、図4に例示するようなアイコンの表示態様を、単に「アイコン列表示」と称する。 Next, an icon display process according to the first embodiment for displaying the icon 10 and the like in the display mode illustrated in FIG. 4A will be specifically described with reference to FIG. As described above, the icon display process shown in FIG. 3 is executed mainly by the display data generation unit 3 under the control of the processing unit 2. In the following description, the icon display mode illustrated in FIG. 4 is simply referred to as “icon row display”.
 ナビゲーション装置SSに電源が投入されると(ステップS1)、図3に示すように、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理において表示データ生成部3は、初めに第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示を行う旨の操作が、操作部4において実行されたか否かを判定する(ステップS2)。ステップS2の判定において当該操作が行われない場合(ステップS2;NO)、次に表示データ生成部3は、アイコン列表示を開始する条件として予め設定されている表示条件が満たされているか否かを判定する(ステップS3)。即ち表示データ生成部3は、例えばセンサ部5から取得された車両の現在位置を示す現在位置データや車両の状態を示す車両情報、或いは図2において図示しない通信部を介して例えばインターネット等のネットワークから取得された天気情報等に基づいて、上記表示条件が満たされているか否かを判定する。 When the navigation device SS is turned on (step S1), as shown in FIG. 3, in the icon display process according to the first embodiment, the display data generating unit 3 first displays the icon string according to the first embodiment. It is determined whether or not an operation for performing is performed in the operation unit 4 (step S2). When the operation is not performed in the determination in step S2 (step S2; NO), the display data generation unit 3 next determines whether or not a display condition set in advance as a condition for starting icon row display is satisfied. Is determined (step S3). That is, the display data generating unit 3 is, for example, current position data indicating the current position of the vehicle acquired from the sensor unit 5, vehicle information indicating the state of the vehicle, or a network such as the Internet via a communication unit not shown in FIG. Whether or not the display condition is satisfied is determined based on the weather information acquired from the above.
 ここで、ステップS3において判定される表示条件は、例えば時間、場所、天気又は上記車両情報等を契機として第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示を開始するものとして、予め設定されている表示条件である。この表示条件を示すデータは、例えば予め記憶部1に記憶されている。また当該表示条件として具体的には、例えば以下のような条件が挙げられる。
・時間条件:例えば処理部2において計時されている時刻情報に基づいて、昼食の時間帯又は夕食の時間帯になったと判定されたとき(ステップS2;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、レストランやカフェ等の施設の存在を示すアイコンを用いたアイコン列表示を開始する。
・位置条件:上記現在位置データに基づいて車両が既定の地域に入ったと判定されたとき(ステップS2;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、その地域の店舗等の施設の存在を示すアイコンを用いたアイコン列表示を自動的に(即ちプッシュで)開始する。
・天気条件:上記天気情報に基づき、例えば雪が強くなると予想された時間帯及び場所に進入したと判定されたとき(ステップS2;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、道路沿いの店舗等が見え難くなることに備えて、当該店舗等の施設の存在を示すアイコンを用いたアイコン列表示を開始する。
・車両条件:例えばその車両におけるガソリン(内燃機関車の場合)や電池残量(電気自動車等の場合)等が所定量以下に減少していると判定されたとき(ステップS2;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、ガソリンスタンドや充電スタンド等の施設の存在を示すアイコンを用いたアイコン列表示を開始する。
Here, the display conditions determined in step S3 are the display conditions set in advance, for example, starting the icon string display according to the first embodiment triggered by time, place, weather, or the vehicle information. is there. Data indicating this display condition is stored in the storage unit 1 in advance, for example. Specific examples of the display conditions include the following conditions.
-Time condition: For example, when it is determined that the time zone for lunch or dinner is reached based on the time information timed in the processing unit 2 (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 An icon string display using an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as a cafe is started.
Position condition: When it is determined that the vehicle has entered a predetermined area based on the current position data (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 displays an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as a store in the area. The used icon row display is automatically started (that is, by push).
-Weather conditions: Based on the above weather information, for example, when it is determined that it has entered a time zone and place where snow is expected to become stronger (step S2; YES), the display data generation unit 3 can see stores along the road, etc. In preparation for becoming difficult, icon row display using an icon indicating the presence of a facility such as the store is started.
-Vehicle conditions: For example, when it is determined that gasoline (in the case of an internal combustion locomotive), battery remaining amount (in the case of an electric vehicle, etc.) or the like in the vehicle has decreased below a predetermined amount (step S2; YES), display The data generation unit 3 starts icon row display using icons indicating the existence of facilities such as a gas station and a charging station.
 上記ステップS3の判定において当該表示条件が満たされていない場合(ステップS3;NO)、次に表示データ生成部3は、ディスプレイ6上において既に第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示を行っているか否かを判定する(ステップS4)。ステップS4の判定において未だアイコン列表示を行っていない場合(ステップS4;NO)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS2の判定に戻ってアイコン列表示を行う旨の操作を待機する。 If the display condition is not satisfied in the determination in step S3 (step S3; NO), then the display data generation unit 3 has already performed icon row display according to the first embodiment on the display 6. Is determined (step S4). If the icon string display has not yet been performed in the determination in step S4 (step S4; NO), the display data generation unit 3 returns to the determination in step S2 and waits for an operation for displaying the icon string.
 一方、上記ステップS2の判定においてアイコン列表示を行う旨の操作が行われたか(ステップS2;YES)、又は上記ステップS3の判定において上記表示条件が満たされていると判定された場合(ステップS3;YES)、表示データ生成部3は次に、アイコン列表示をディスプレイ6において実行するための表示用データを、主として記憶部1又はセンサ部5等から取得する(ステップS5)。ここで、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示の場合、ステップS5として取得される表示用データは、例えば、ナビゲーション装置SSの使用者による設定に基づいて探索された目的地までの探索ルートを示す探索ルートデータ、及び、車両の現在位置からどの程度遠方までの施設を第1実施例に係るアイコン列における表示対象とするかを示す既定の表示範囲を示す表示範囲データがある。なお、上記目的地が設定されていないために上記探索ルートが探索されていない場合、例えば車両が現在移動している道路に沿ったルートを示す推定ルートデータがステップS5において取得される。これら各データのうち探索ルートデータ、表示範囲データ及び推定ルートデータは、それぞれ、例えば処理部2において探索処理により探索されたもの、或いは記憶部1に記憶されている過去に設定されたもの等が当該処理部2から取得される。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2 that an operation for displaying an icon row has been performed (step S2; YES), or if it is determined in step S3 that the display condition is satisfied (step S3). ; YES), the display data generation unit 3 then acquires display data for executing icon row display on the display 6 mainly from the storage unit 1 or the sensor unit 5 (step S5). Here, in the case of the icon row display according to the first embodiment, the display data acquired as step S5 indicates, for example, a search route to the destination searched based on the setting by the user of the navigation device SS. There is search route data, and display range data indicating a predetermined display range indicating how far away from the current position of the vehicle the facility to be displayed in the icon row according to the first embodiment. In addition, when the said search route is not searched because the said destination is not set, the estimated route data which show the route along the road where the vehicle is moving now are acquired in step S5, for example. Of these data, the search route data, the display range data, and the estimated route data are, for example, those searched by the search processing in the processing unit 2, or those set in the past stored in the storage unit 1, for example. Obtained from the processing unit 2.
 ステップS5において表示用データが取得できた場合、又は上記ステップS4の判定において既にアイコン列表示が行われている場合(ステップS4;YES)、表示データ生成部3は次に、車両の現在位置を示す現在位置データをセンサ部5から取得する(ステップS6)。次に表示データ生成部3は、ディスプレイ6において第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示を新たに開始するか、或いは、既に実行されている当該アイコン列表示を例えば車両の進行に伴って更新するか否かを判定する(ステップS7)。このステップS7の判定において、既に実行されている当該アイコン列表示を例えば車両の進行に伴って更新するか否かは、例えば、現在行われているアイコン列表示において一番手前にあるように表現されているアイコンにより示される施設の実際の位置まで車両が移動したか否かを、例えばセンサ部5から出力される現在位置データを用いて検出することにより、判定される。 When display data can be acquired in step S5, or when icon row display has already been performed in the determination in step S4 (step S4; YES), the display data generation unit 3 next determines the current position of the vehicle. The current position data shown is acquired from the sensor unit 5 (step S6). Next, whether the display data generation unit 3 newly starts icon row display according to the first embodiment on the display 6 or updates the icon row display that has already been executed as the vehicle progresses, for example. It is determined whether or not (step S7). In the determination of step S7, whether or not the icon row display that has already been executed is updated with the progress of the vehicle, for example, is expressed as being closest to the current icon row display. Whether or not the vehicle has moved to the actual position of the facility indicated by the displayed icon is determined by detecting the current position data output from the sensor unit 5, for example.
 ステップS7の判定においてアイコン列表示の更新であると判定された場合(ステップS7;YES)、表示データ生成部3は次に、上記探索ルートデータがあるか否かを判定する(ステップS8)。ステップS8の判定において当該探索ルートデータがある場合(ステップS8;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS6の処理において取得済みの現在位置データ、並びに上記ステップS5の処理において取得済みの探索ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、アイコン列表示の更新として(上記ステップS7;YES参照)追加される新たなアイコンの数だけ、上記アイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する(ステップS9)。この場合表示データ生成部3は、表示すべき施設のカテゴリ(例えば「ガソリンスタンド」等のカテゴリ)が予め指定されている場合、そのカテゴリに属するアイコンを表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する。その後表示データ生成部3は、当該取得したアイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて、上記現在位置データ、探索ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、アイコン列表示としてのアイコンを、例えば表示データ生成部3内の図示しないビデオRAM上で再配置する(ステップS10)。なおこのステップS10の処理においては、表示対象の施設の車両の現在位置からの距離、及び、車両が爾後に移動する予定の道路の左右いずれの側に対応する当該施設が存在しているかにより、表示するアイコンの大きさ、道路マークRMに対する位置(どちらの側に配置するか)、並びに距離的に近接する施設の存在を表示するアイコン同士の重なり等(図4(a)参照)が判定されて再配置される。その後表示データ生成部3は、当該再配置後のアイコンをディスプレイ6上に実際に表示して(ステップS11)、アイコン列表示の更新を行う。 If it is determined in step S7 that the icon string display is to be updated (step S7; YES), the display data generation unit 3 next determines whether there is the search route data (step S8). If there is the search route data in the determination in step S8 (step S8; YES), the display data generation unit 3 searches the current position data acquired in the process of step S6 and the search acquired in the process of step S5. Based on the route data and the display range data, the icon display data 1A is acquired by the number of new icons to be added as an update of the icon row display (see step S7; YES) (step S9). In this case, when the category of the facility to be displayed (for example, a category such as “gas station”) is designated in advance, the display data generating unit 3 acquires icon display data 1A for displaying icons belonging to the category. To do. Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as an icon string display based on the current position data, search route data, and display range data, for example, in the display data generation unit 3 Are rearranged on a video RAM (not shown) (step S10). In the process of step S10, depending on the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to be displayed and whether the facility corresponding to the left or right side of the road on which the vehicle is scheduled to move after the vehicle exists, The size of the icon to be displayed, the position with respect to the road mark RM (which side to place), the overlapping of icons indicating the existence of facilities that are close in distance, and the like (see FIG. 4A) are determined. Are rearranged. Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 actually displays the rearranged icon on the display 6 (step S11), and updates the icon row display.
 その後表示データ生成部3は、アイコン列表示を終了する旨の操作が操作部4において実行されたか否かを確認し(ステップS12)、当該操作が実行されている場合(ステップS12;YES)、表示データ生成部3は第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理を終了し、その後、例えば通常の案内用地図等の表示に移行する。一方ステップS12の判定において、上記終了する旨の操作が実行されていない場合(ステップS12;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS2の判定に戻って新たなアイコン表示処理を開始する。 Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 confirms whether or not an operation for ending the icon string display has been performed in the operation unit 4 (step S12). If the operation has been performed (step S12; YES), The display data generation unit 3 ends the icon display process according to the first embodiment, and then shifts to display of a normal guidance map, for example. On the other hand, in the determination of step S12, when the operation for ending is not performed (step S12; YES), the display data generating unit 3 returns to the determination of step S2 and starts a new icon display process.
 一方、上記ステップS8の判定において上記探索ルートデータがないと判定された場合(ステップS8;NO)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS6の処理において取得済みの現在位置データ、並びに上記ステップS5の処理において取得済みの推定ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、アイコン列表示の更新として(上記ステップS7;YES参照)追加される新たなアイコンの数だけ、上記アイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する(ステップS13)。その後表示データ生成部3は、当該取得したアイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて、上記現在位置データ、推定ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、アイコン列表示としてのアイコンを、例えば上記ビデオRAM上で上記ステップS10と同様の処理により再配置する(ステップS14)。その後表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS11及びその後の上記ステップS12の処理に移行する。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S8 that there is no search route data (step S8; NO), the display data generation unit 3 obtains the current position data acquired in step S6 and the step S5. Based on the estimated route data and the display range data acquired in the process of (1), the icon display data 1A is acquired by the number of new icons to be added as the update of the icon string display (see step S7; YES) ( Step S13). Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as an icon row display on the video RAM, for example, based on the current position data, estimated route data, and display range data. Rearrangement is performed by the same processing as in step S10 (step S14). Thereafter, the display data generating unit 3 proceeds to the processing of step S11 and the subsequent step S12.
 他方、上記ステップS7の判定においてアイコン列表示の更新ではなく新たな開始であると判定された場合(ステップS7;NO)、表示データ生成部3は次に、上記探索ルートデータがあるか否かを判定する(ステップS15)。ステップS15の判定において当該探索ルートデータがあると判定された場合(ステップS15;YES)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS6の処理において取得済みの現在位置データ、並びに上記ステップS5の処理において取得済みの探索ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、新たなアイコン列表示(上記ステップS7;NO参照)に含まれるアイコンの数だけ、上記アイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する(ステップS16)。この場合表示データ生成部3は、表示すべき施設のカテゴリが予め指定されている場合、そのカテゴリに属するアイコンを表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する。その後表示データ生成部3は、当該取得したアイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて、上記現在位置データ、探索ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、新たなアイコン列表示としてのアイコンを、例えば上記ビデオRAM上で配置する(ステップS17)。なおこのステップS17の処理においては、上記ステップS10の処理と同様に、表示対象の施設の車両の現在位置からの距離、及び、車両が爾後に移動する予定の道路の左右いずれの側に対応する当該施設が存在しているかにより、表示するアイコンの大きさ、道路マークRMに対する位置、並びに距離的に近接する施設の存在を表示するアイコン同士の重なり等(図4(a)参照)が判定されて新たに配置される。その後表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS11及びその後の上記ステップS12の処理に移行する。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S7 that the start is not an update of the icon string display but a new start (step S7; NO), the display data generation unit 3 next determines whether there is the search route data. Is determined (step S15). When it is determined in step S15 that the search route data is present (step S15; YES), the display data generation unit 3 determines the current position data acquired in the process of step S6 and the process of step S5. Based on the acquired search route data and display range data, the icon display data 1A is acquired by the number of icons included in the new icon row display (see step S7; NO) (step S16). In this case, when the category of the facility to be displayed is designated in advance, the display data generating unit 3 acquires icon display data 1A for displaying an icon belonging to the category. Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as a new icon row display based on the current position data, search route data, and display range data, for example, on the video RAM. (Step S17). In the process of step S17, as in the process of step S10, the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to be displayed and the left or right side of the road on which the vehicle is scheduled to move after the vehicle are handled. Depending on whether the facility exists, the size of the icon to be displayed, the position with respect to the road mark RM, the overlapping of icons indicating the presence of facilities that are close in distance, and the like (see FIG. 4A) are determined. Newly arranged. Thereafter, the display data generating unit 3 proceeds to the processing of step S11 and the subsequent step S12.
 更に上記ステップS15の判定において上記探索ルートデータがないと判定された場合(ステップS15;NO)、表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS6の処理において取得済みの現在位置データ、並びに上記ステップS5の処理において取得済みの推定ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、新たなアイコン列表示(上記ステップS7;NO参照)に含まれるアイコンの数だけ、上記ステップS16の処理と同様にして上記アイコン表示用データ1Aを取得する(ステップS18)。その後表示データ生成部3は、当該取得したアイコン表示用データ1Aを用いて、上記現在位置データ、推定ルートデータ及び表示範囲データに基づき、新たなアイコン列表示としてのアイコンを、上記ステップS17の処理と同様に例えば上記ビデオRAM上で配置する(ステップS19)。その後表示データ生成部3は、上記ステップS11及びその後の上記ステップS12の処理に移行する。 Further, if it is determined in step S15 that the search route data is not present (step S15; NO), the display data generation unit 3 displays the current position data acquired in step S6 and the step S5. Based on the estimated route data and display range data acquired in the process, the number of icons included in the new icon string display (see step S7; NO) is the same as that in step S16, and the icon display data is the same. 1A is acquired (step S18). Thereafter, the display data generation unit 3 uses the acquired icon display data 1A to display an icon as a new icon row display based on the current position data, the estimated route data, and the display range data in the process of step S17. Similarly to the above, for example, it is arranged on the video RAM (step S19). Thereafter, the display data generating unit 3 proceeds to the processing of step S11 and the subsequent step S12.
 以上図3を用いて説明したアイコン表示処理が、操作部4においてそれを終了する旨の操作が実行されるまで(上記ステップS12;YES参照)繰り返されることにより、図4(a)に例示するアイコン列表示が、車両の移動に伴って表示されるアイコンが逐次更新されつつ、実行される。 The icon display process described above with reference to FIG. 3 is repeated until the operation to end the operation is performed in the operation unit 4 (see step S12; YES), and is illustrated in FIG. 4A. The icon row display is executed while the icons displayed as the vehicle moves are sequentially updated.
 なお、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示としては、図4(a)に例示する立体的なアイコン列表示の他に、例えば図4(b)(縦表示)又は図4(c)(横表示)に例示する平面的なアイコン列表示とすることも可能である。これらの場合、一端に現在位置マークPMが付加されている道路マークRMの両側(図4(b)に例示する場合は図中左右であり、図4(c)に例示する場合は図中上下)に、それぞれにより存在が表示される施設の位置と、車両の現在位置と、の距離に対応した位置にアイコン10A乃至16Aが表示される。 The icon row display according to the first embodiment includes, for example, FIG. 4B (vertical display) or FIG. 4C (horizontal display) in addition to the three-dimensional icon row display illustrated in FIG. It is also possible to use a flat icon row display exemplified in (Display). In these cases, both sides of the road mark RM to which the current position mark PM is added at one end (in the case illustrated in FIG. 4B, left and right in the drawing, and in the case illustrated in FIG. 4C, up and down in the drawing. ), Icons 10A to 16A are displayed at positions corresponding to the distance between the location of the facility whose presence is displayed and the current position of the vehicle.
 より具体的には、アイコン10Aによりその存在が表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが、車両の現在位置から見て最も近く、且つ道路マークRMにより模式的に示されている道路の左側(左の路側)に存在していることが、当該アイコン10Aにより表現されて表示されている。また同様に、車両の現在位置から近い順に、アイコン11Aによりその存在が表示される「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン12Aによりその存在が表示される「Eガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、アイコン13Aによりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の右側に位置すること、アイコン14Aによりその存在が表示される「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、アイコン15Aによりその存在が表示される「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の右側に位置すること、及び、アイコン16Aによりその存在が表示される「Gガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが道路の左側に位置すること、が、それぞれ表現されて表示されている。なお、図4(b)又は図4(c)により例示されるアイコン列表示における更新や新規の表示は、図3を用いて説明した表示データ生成部3の処理により、図4(a)に例示されるアイコン列表示と同様に実行される。 More specifically, the gasoline station “B gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 10A is closest to the current position of the vehicle and is schematically shown on the left side of the road (indicated schematically by the road mark RM). The presence on the left road side is expressed and displayed by the icon 10A. Similarly, the gasoline station “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 11A is located on the right side of the road in the order from the current position of the vehicle, and “E gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 12A. Is located on the left side of the road, the presence of “C gasoline” is indicated by the icon 13A, and the presence of “F gasoline” is indicated by the icon 14A. The gas station is located on the left side of the road, its presence is indicated by the icon 15A, the gas station of “D gasoline” is located on the right side of the road, and its presence is indicated by the icon 16A “G” The fact that the gasoline station is located on the left side of the road It is displayed. In addition, the update and new display in the icon row display illustrated by FIG. 4B or FIG. 4C are performed in the display data generation unit 3 described with reference to FIG. It is executed in the same manner as the icon row display exemplified.
 以上説明したように、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、車両の現在位置と、その現在位置から所望の施設までの距離と、に基づいて、道路の両側の施設を示すアイコン20等を、その出現順にディスプレイ6に表示させるので、車両の両側の施設をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, the facilities on both sides of the road are based on the current position of the vehicle and the distance from the current position to the desired facility. Are displayed on the display 6 in the order of appearance, so that the facilities on both sides of the vehicle can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 また、車両の移動に伴う出現順に並べて、且つ、ディスプレイ6において施設がある道路の側に相当する位置にアイコン10等を表示するので、道路の両側の地物をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 In addition, the icons 10 and the like are arranged in the order of appearance along with the movement of the vehicle and displayed on the display 6 at a position corresponding to the road side where the facility is located, so that the features on both sides of the road can be recognized more intuitively and immediately. be able to.
 更に、車両の移動に伴う出現順に並べて、車両の位置を視点とした遠近法によりアイコン10等を表示するので、当該遠近法により、より直感的且つ即時に施設等を認識することができる。 Furthermore, since the icons 10 and the like are displayed in the order of appearance along with the movement of the vehicle and displayed in perspective from the viewpoint of the vehicle position, facilities and the like can be recognized more intuitively and instantly by the perspective.
 更にまた、施設までの距離を示す情報自体を非表示とするので、ディスプレイ6における表示全体を簡略化でき、より直感的且つ即時に施設等を認識することができる。 Furthermore, since the information indicating the distance to the facility itself is not displayed, the entire display on the display 6 can be simplified, and the facility or the like can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 また、道路を表示するための道路マークRMを、道路における曲折状況等に拘わらず直線状態として表示するので、車両が爾後に移動する道路として、より直感的且つ即時にアイコン10等との関係等を認識することができる。 Further, since the road mark RM for displaying the road is displayed in a straight line state regardless of the bending situation on the road, the relationship with the icon 10 or the like more intuitively and immediately as the road on which the vehicle moves Can be recognized.
 更にまた、複数のアイコン10等の少なくとも一部がディスプレイ6上において互いに重なる場合、当該複数のアイコン10等を互いにずらして表示するので、各アイコン10等によりその存在が表示される施設等の当該存在を見逃さないように表示することができる。 Furthermore, when at least some of the plurality of icons 10 and the like overlap each other on the display 6, the plurality of icons 10 and the like are displayed so as to be shifted from each other. It can be displayed so as not to miss its existence.
 また、道路の両側の施設を示す複数のアイコン10等を、車両の移動における出現順に、且つ車両から見て各施設が等間隔に位置しているように並べてディスプレイ6に表示するので、各施設の車両の位置から見た前後関係を明確化することで、より直感的且つ即時に他の施設との関係等を認識することができる。なおこのような第1実施例に係る表示方法の場合、道路の左右に位置している店舗等の存在を表示するアイコン10等の、車両からの距離関係が実際の関係から崩れて表示される場合があり得るが、特に上記の遠近法を用いた表示の場合は、使用者にとって実質的な影響は小さい。また都市部では道路左右における店舗等の数に極端な差はないことが多いので、実用上の問題は小さい。これに対し、第1実施例に係る表示方法を用いれば、アイコン10等同士の間を詰めて表示できるので、より多くの店舗等の施設を表示することが可能となる。また対向車線側の店舗等の施設に入り難い、又は入りたくないと使用者が感じた場合でも、走行車線側の店舗等の出現順の情報だけを、効率的に参照することができる。 In addition, since the plurality of icons 10 indicating the facilities on both sides of the road are displayed on the display 6 in the order in which they appear in the movement of the vehicle so that the facilities are located at equal intervals when viewed from the vehicle, By clarifying the anteroposterior relationship seen from the position of the vehicle, it is possible to recognize the relationship with other facilities more intuitively and immediately. In the case of the display method according to the first embodiment, the distance relationship from the vehicle, such as the icon 10 indicating the presence of a store or the like located on the left and right of the road, is displayed in a collapsed manner from the actual relationship. In some cases, particularly in the case of display using the above-mentioned perspective method, the substantial influence on the user is small. In urban areas, there is often no extreme difference in the number of stores on the left and right sides of the road, so practical problems are small. On the other hand, if the display method according to the first embodiment is used, the icons 10 and the like can be displayed close together, so that more facilities such as stores can be displayed. Further, even when the user feels that it is difficult to enter or does not want to enter a facility such as a store on the opposite lane side, only information on the order of appearance of the store on the traveling lane side can be referred to efficiently.
 更に、ディスプレイ6としてHUDを用いる場合には、運転者の視線をずらすことなく、より直感的且つ即時に施設を認識することができる。
(II)第2実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する他の実施例である第2実施例について、図5及び図6を用いて説明する。なお図5及び図6は第2実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
Furthermore, when HUD is used as the display 6, the facility can be recognized more intuitively and immediately without shifting the driver's line of sight.
(II) Second Example Next, a second example, which is another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the second embodiment.
 また、第2実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図5及び図6においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Further, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the second embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Therefore, in FIG.5 and FIG.6, about the same structure as the structure (refer FIG. 2) and icon row display (refer FIG. 4) of the navigation apparatus SS which concerns on 1st Example, the same member number is attached | subjected and detailed. Description is omitted.
 上述した第1実施例では、車両の現在位置からの距離について、表示対象となる各施設の距離が各施設それぞれに異なる場合のアイコン列表示について説明した。これに対して以下に説明する第2実施例では、車両の現在位置から見てほぼ等距離に複数の施設がある場合、具体的には例えば、表示対象となるカテゴリに属する施設が一つのビル内に複数存在している場合のアイコン列表示に、本願を適用する。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described. On the other hand, in the second embodiment described below, when there are a plurality of facilities at approximately the same distance as viewed from the current position of the vehicle, specifically, for example, a facility belonging to the category to be displayed is one building. The present application is applied to icon row display when there are a plurality of icons.
 即ち第2実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された場合、ディスプレイ6には、図5(a)に一態様を例示するように、第1実施例の場合(図4参照)と同様の道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと、車両の現在位置からの各距離に対応した施設の存在を表示するアイコン20乃至29と、が表示される。 In other words, when the icon display process according to the second embodiment is executed, the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 5A. A mark RM, a current position mark PM, a distance mark DL, and icons 20 to 29 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle are displayed.
 ここで図5(a)に例示する場合、アイコン21、22及び23によりその存在がそれぞれ表示される「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンド、「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンド及び「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが一つのビルの一階、二階及び三階にそれぞれあり、よって車両の現在位置から見てそれぞれのガソリンスタンドがほぼ等距離にある。また同様にアイコン27及び28によりその存在がそれぞれ表示される「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンド及び「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが一つのビルの一階及び二階にそれぞれあり、よって車両の現在位置から見てそれぞれのガソリンスタンドもほぼ等距離にある。このような場合、第2実施例のアイコン表示処理として表示データ生成部3は、現在位置マークPMにより示される現在位置から等距離に相当する位置に、アイコン21乃至23を相互に重ねて表示すべく、当該アイコン21乃至23に対応するアイコン表示用データ1Aを取得し(図3ステップS9、S13、S16又はS18参照)、それらを用いて当該アイコン21乃至23を図5(a)に例示するようにディスプレイ6上に表示する(図3ステップS10、S14、S17又はS19、及びS11参照)。また同様に、現在位置マークPMにより示される現在位置から等距離に相当する位置に、アイコン27及び28を相互に重ねて表示すべく、当該アイコン27及び28に対応するアイコン表示用データ1Aを取得し、それらを用いて当該アイコン27及び28を図5(a)に例示するようにディスプレイ6上に表示する(図3ステップS11参照)。なおこれらアイコンの重ね表示において表示データ生成部3は、例えば一階にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン20及び27を一番手前に表示し、更に上階になるに従って、その階のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21及び22又は28を、それがある階に応じて順次背面にまわるように表示する。 In the case illustrated in FIG. 5A, there are a gas station for “B gasoline”, a gas station for “F gasoline”, and a gas station for “D gasoline” whose presence is indicated by icons 21, 22, and 23, respectively. They are on the first, second and third floors of a building, so that the gas stations are almost equidistant from the current position of the vehicle. Similarly, the “F gasoline” gas station and the “B gasoline” gas station, which are respectively indicated by icons 27 and 28, are located on the first and second floors of one building, so that they can be viewed from the current position of the vehicle. Each gas station is almost equidistant. In such a case, as the icon display process of the second embodiment, the display data generation unit 3 displays the icons 21 to 23 so as to overlap each other at a position equivalent to the current position indicated by the current position mark PM. Accordingly, the icon display data 1A corresponding to the icons 21 to 23 is acquired (see steps S9, S13, S16, or S18 in FIG. 3), and the icons 21 to 23 are illustrated in FIG. As shown on the display 6 (see steps S10, S14, S17 or S19, and S11 in FIG. 3). Similarly, the icon display data 1A corresponding to the icons 27 and 28 is acquired so that the icons 27 and 28 are superimposed on each other at a position equivalent to the current position indicated by the current position mark PM. Then, using these, the icons 27 and 28 are displayed on the display 6 as illustrated in FIG. 5A (see step S11 in FIG. 3). In the overlapping display of these icons, for example, the display data generation unit 3 displays icons 20 and 27 indicating the presence of a gas station on the first floor, foremost, and further toward the upper floor, the gas station on that floor. The icons 21 and 22 or 28 for displaying the presence of the icons are displayed so as to sequentially turn to the back according to the floor.
 なお、第2実施例に係るアイコン列表示としては、図5(a)に例示する表示態様に加えて、図5(b)に例示するように、車両の現在位置から見てほぼ等距離にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン20乃至23並びに27及び28を、等距離施設であることを示す等距離マークDMと共に表示するように構成することもできる。このときの等距離マークDMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第2実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。更に第2実施例に係るアイコン列表示の他の例としては、例えば図5(c)に示すように、車両の現在位置から見て等距離にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン20A乃至22A又は25A及び26Aを上下にずらしつつ重ねて並べるように、現在位置マークPM及び道路マークRM等と共に表示するように構成することもできる。また更に、例えば図5(d)に示すように、車両の現在位置から見て等距離にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン20A乃至22A又は25A及び26Aを斜めにずらしつつ重ねるように、現在位置マークPM及び道路マークRM等と共に表示するように構成することもできる。 In addition to the display mode illustrated in FIG. 5A, the icon row display according to the second embodiment is substantially equidistant when viewed from the current position of the vehicle as illustrated in FIG. 5B. The icons 20 to 23 and 27 and 28 indicating the presence of a certain facility may be displayed together with the equidistant mark DM indicating the equidistant facility. The data for displaying the equidistant mark DM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. Acquired and used for column display (see step S5 in FIG. 3). Furthermore, as another example of the icon string display according to the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5C, for example, icons 20A to 22A for displaying the existence of facilities equidistant from the current position of the vehicle or 25A and 26A may be displayed together with the current position mark PM, the road mark RM, and the like so as to overlap each other while being shifted up and down. Furthermore, for example, as shown in FIG. 5 (d), the current position is such that icons 20A to 22A or 25A and 26A that indicate the existence of facilities at an equal distance when viewed from the current position of the vehicle are overlapped while being obliquely shifted. It may be configured to display together with the mark PM, the road mark RM, and the like.
 更にまた図6(a)に例示するように、図5(a)に例示するアイコン列表示において、現在位置マークPMにより示される現在位置から等距離にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン21乃至23並びに27及び28に対して、それぞれのアイコン21等により存在が示されるガソリンスタンドがある階を示す階表示21B、22B、23B、27B及び28Bを付加して表示するように構成することもできる。この場合の階表示21B等を表示するためのデータも、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第2実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 6A, in the icon row display illustrated in FIG. 5A, icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of facilities that are equidistant from the current position indicated by the current position mark PM. Also, 27 and 28 may be configured to be displayed by adding floor displays 21B, 22B, 23B, 27B and 28B indicating the floors where the gas stations whose presence is indicated by the respective icons 21 and the like are present. In this case, the data for displaying the floor display 21B and the like is also stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. Acquired and used for column display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 また図6(b)に例示するように、図5(a)に例示する場合において車両の現在位置から見て等距離にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21乃至23のうち、それらガソリンスタンドがあるビルの一階にある「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21のみを、アイコン21乃至23によりその存在が表示されるガソリンスタンドを代表するアイコンとして表示し、それに付随させて、他の階にも同種の施設(ガソリンスタンド)が存在していることを表示する階層マークFMを表示するように構成することもできる。図6(b)に例示する場合は、図5(a)に例示する場合において車両の現在位置から見て等距離にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21乃至23の他に、同様に等距離にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン27及び28についても、それらガソリンスタンドがあるビルの一階にある「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン27のみを、階層マークFMと共に表示している。 Also, as illustrated in FIG. 6B, among the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant from the current position of the vehicle in the case illustrated in FIG. Only the icon 21 indicating the presence of the gas station “B gasoline” on the first floor of a building is displayed as an icon representative of the gas station whose presence is displayed by the icons 21 to 23, and is attached thereto. Further, it may be configured to display a hierarchical mark FM indicating that the same kind of facility (gas station) exists on other floors. In the case illustrated in FIG. 6B, in the case illustrated in FIG. 5A, in addition to the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant when viewed from the current position of the vehicle, etc. As for the icons 27 and 28 indicating the existence of the gas stations at the distance, only the icon 27 indicating the existence of the gas station “F gasoline” on the first floor of the building where the gas stations are present is displayed together with the hierarchy mark FM. is doing.
 更に図6(c)に例示するように、図5(a)に例示する場合において車両の現在位置から見て等距離にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21乃至23のうち、それらガソリンスタンドがあるビルの一階にある「Bガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン21のみを一時的に表示し、当該アイコン21を例えば時分割的に、同じビルの他の階にある「Fガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン22及び「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン23にサイクリックに入れ換えて順次表示することにより、当該三つのガソリンスタンドが一つのビル内にあることを表示する構成することもできる。この場合のアイコン21乃至23の時分割的な入れ換えは、例えば図2(b)に例示する表示制御用データ1Bとして記憶部1に予め記憶されている入れ換え表示制御用の制御データを第2実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得し(図3ステップS5参照)、この制御データを用いて表示データ生成部3が順次アイコン21乃至23を入れ換えて表示する(図3ステップS11参照)ように構成すればよい。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 6C, among the icons 21 to 23 that display the existence of gas stations that are equidistant from the current position of the vehicle in the case illustrated in FIG. Only the icon 21 indicating the existence of the gas station “B gasoline” on the first floor of a building is temporarily displayed, and the icon 21 is displayed in a time-division manner, for example, “F” on the other floor of the same building. By cyclically switching to the icon 22 indicating the presence of the gas station “Gasoline” and the icon 23 indicating the presence of the gas station “D Gasoline”, the three gas stations are placed in one building. It can also be configured to display something. In this case, the time-divisional replacement of the icons 21 to 23 is performed by, for example, replacing the display data for replacement display control stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. It is acquired in the case of the icon row display according to the example (see step S5 in FIG. 3), and the display data generation unit 3 uses the control data to sequentially display and replace the icons 21 to 23 (see step S11 in FIG. 3). That's fine.
 以上説明したように、第2実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、図5(a)に例示するように、車両の現在位置から見て等距離の位置に複数の施設が位置しているとき、当該複数の施設それぞれを識別可能に示すアイコン21等を当該位置に相当するディスプレイ6上の位置に表示させるので、車両の位置から見て等距離の位置に存在している複数の施設をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the second embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, illustrated in FIG. As shown, when a plurality of facilities are located at equidistant positions when viewed from the current position of the vehicle, an icon 21 or the like indicating each of the plurality of facilities can be identified on the display 6 corresponding to the position. Therefore, it is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize a plurality of facilities existing at equidistant positions when viewed from the position of the vehicle.
 また図5に例示するように、等距離の位置に位置する複数の施設それぞれを示すアイコン地物指標を、相互に識別可能となるように互いに表示位置をずらして表示するための表示情報を生成するので、等距離の位置に存在している複数の地物を同時に認識することができる。 In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 5, display information is generated for displaying icon feature indexes indicating a plurality of facilities located at equidistant positions so that the display positions are shifted from each other so that they can be distinguished from each other. Thus, a plurality of features existing at equidistant positions can be recognized simultaneously.
 更に図5に例示するように、一の方向(図中、横、縦又は斜め)に表示位置をずらして各アイコン21等を表示するので、等距離の位置に存在している複数の施設を容易に視認できる表示態様で同時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 5, since the icons 21 and the like are displayed by shifting the display position in one direction (horizontal, vertical or diagonal in the figure), a plurality of facilities existing at equidistant positions are displayed. They can be recognized simultaneously in a display mode that can be easily recognized.
 更にまた図5(b)に例示するように、等距離の位置にある複数の施設であることを示す等距離マークDMを各アイコン21等と共に表示するので、等距離の位置にある施設であることを合わせて容易に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 5B, the equidistant mark DM indicating the plurality of facilities at equidistant positions is displayed together with the icons 21 and the like, so that the facilities are at equidistant positions. This can be easily recognized.
 また図5及び図6(a)に例示するように、複数の施設の関係に対応した順序により各アイコン21等を表示するので、等距離の位置にある施設相互の関係をも、直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6A, since the icons 21 and the like are displayed in an order corresponding to the relationship between a plurality of facilities, the relationship between facilities at equidistant positions is intuitive and It can be recognized immediately.
 更に図5又は図6(a)に例示するように、複数の施設の関係に対応した順序により同時に各アイコン21等を表示するので、等距離の位置にある施設相互の関係をも、直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6A, since the icons 21 and the like are simultaneously displayed in an order corresponding to the relationship between a plurality of facilities, the relationship between facilities at equidistant positions is also intuitive. And it can be recognized immediately.
 更にまた図6(c)に例示するように、複数の施設の関係に対応した順序により時分割的に各アイコン21等を表示するので、等距離の位置にある施設相互の関係をも、直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 6C, since the icons 21 and the like are displayed in a time-sharing manner in an order corresponding to the relationship between a plurality of facilities, the relationship between facilities at equidistant positions can also be intuitively understood. And instant recognition.
 また図6(a)及び図6(b)に例示するように、複数の施設の関係を示す階表示21B等及び階層マークFMをアイコン21等と共に表示するので、等距離の位置にある施設相互の関係をも、直感的且つ即時に認識するができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIGS. 6A and 6B, the floor display 21B and the hierarchy mark FM indicating the relationship between a plurality of facilities are displayed together with the icons 21 and so Can be recognized intuitively and immediately.
 更に図6(b)に例示するように、一の施設に対応する階層マークFMを、当該一の施設を示す一のアイコン21と共に表示するので、表示される階層マークFM及びアイコンを少なくして表示状態を簡素化し、より視認性を高めることができる。
(III)第3実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第3実施例について、図7を用いて説明する。なお図7は第3実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
Further, as illustrated in FIG. 6B, since the hierarchy mark FM corresponding to one facility is displayed together with the one icon 21 indicating the one facility, the number of displayed hierarchy marks FM and icons is reduced. The display state can be simplified and the visibility can be further improved.
(III) Third Example Next, a third example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the third embodiment.
 また、第3実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図7においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Further, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the third embodiment and the process for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 7, the same components as those in the configuration (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description is omitted. To do.
 上述した第1実施例では、車両の現在位置からの距離について、表示対象となる各施設の距離が各施設それぞれに異なる場合のアイコン列表示について説明した。これに対して以下に説明する第3実施例では、第1実施例に係る探索ルートがある場合におけるその移動を終了する目的地の表示、又は当該探索ルートがない場合であっても現在移動している道路の先に表示されるべきカテゴリに属する施設がない場合のアイコン列表示に、本願を適用する。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described. On the other hand, in the third embodiment described below, when there is a search route according to the first embodiment, display of the destination to end the movement, or even if there is no search route, the current movement is performed. The present application is applied to icon row display when there is no facility belonging to the category to be displayed ahead of the road.
 即ち第3実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された場合、ディスプレイ6には、図7(a)に一態様を例示するように、第1実施例の場合(図4参照)と同様の道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと、車両の現在位置からの各距離に対応した施設の存在を表示するアイコン30乃至33と、が表示される。これに加えて第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、その時に表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設のうち、車両が爾後に移動する道路上における最後の施設の存在を表示するアイコンについて、その車両が移動する道路に沿ったそのカテゴリに属する最後の施設であることを示す最終マークを表示する(図3ステップS11参照)。例えば図7(a)に例示する場合、車両が爾後に移動する道路上における最後のガソリンスタンドがアイコン33によりその存在が表示される「Gガソリン」のガソリンスタンドである場合、当該アイコン33に付随して、例えば「LAST」と記載された旗状の最終マークLMを表示するように構成する。このときの最終マークLMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。 That is, when the icon display process according to the third embodiment is executed, the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 7A. A mark RM, a current position mark PM, and a distance mark DL, and icons 30 to 33 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle are displayed. In addition to this, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment, among the facilities belonging to the category that is the display target at that time, the icon that displays the presence of the last facility on the road on which the vehicle moves after the vehicle, A final mark indicating that the vehicle is the last facility belonging to the category along the road on which the vehicle moves is displayed (see step S11 in FIG. 3). For example, in the case illustrated in FIG. 7A, when the last gas station on the road on which the vehicle moves is a “G gasoline” gas station whose presence is displayed by the icon 33, the icon 33 is attached. For example, a flag-like final mark LM described as “LAST” is displayed. The data for displaying the final mark LM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, and the icon string according to the third embodiment. It is acquired and used for display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 更に第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、車両が爾後に移動する道路上における最後の施設よりも車両の現在位置から見て遠方にある道路(即ち、その時に表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設がもはや存在しない領域の道路)を示す道路マークについて、当該施設よりも車両の現在位置から見て手前にある道路を示す道路マークRMとは異なる表示態様の道路マークを表示する(図3ステップS11参照)。例えば図7(b)に例示する場合、その時に表示対象のカテゴリであるガソリンスタンドのうち、最後のガソリンスタンドである「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン32に、上記最終マークLMが付随して表示されている。これに加えて、当該「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの位置よりも車両の現在位置から見て遠方にある道路を示す道路マークは、上記道路マークRMとは異なる表示態様(図7(b)においては、これをドットのハッチングで示す)の道路マークRMMが表示される。このときの道路マークRMMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する道路等表示用データ1Dとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment, the road farther from the current location of the vehicle than the last facility on the road on which the vehicle moves after dredging (that is, it belongs to the category to be displayed at that time) A road mark having a display mode different from a road mark RM indicating a road in front of the facility from the current position of the vehicle is displayed with respect to a road mark indicating a road where the facility no longer exists (step in FIG. 3). (See S11). For example, in the case illustrated in FIG. 7B, the final mark LM is displayed on the icon 32 that displays the presence of the gas station of “D gasoline” that is the last gas station among the gas stations that are display categories at that time. Is displayed along with it. In addition, a road mark indicating a road farther from the current position of the vehicle than the position of the gas station of “D gasoline” is different from the road mark RM in the display mode (FIG. 7B). Is indicated by dot hatching). A road mark RMM is displayed. The data for displaying the road mark RMM at this time is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. It is acquired and used for display (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 更にまた、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示において、その時に表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設がもはや存在しない例えば袋小路等がある領域にまで車両が移動してその移動を終了する場合における道路マークとして、その時に表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設がまだ先に存在している場合の道路マークRM(例えば図4参照)に代えて、例えば図7(c)に例示するような側線の形状を変えた道路マークRMLや、例えば図7(d)に例示するようなその旨を示す文字マークNIを追加的に表示するように構成することができる。これら道路マークRML又は文字マークNIを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する道路等表示用データ1Dとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。また、当該施設がもはや存在しない領域にまで車両が移動して移動を終了する場合における道路マークとして、上記道路マークRM自体を点滅させて表示させるように構成することもできる。この場合に道路マークRMを点滅させるための制御データは、例えば図2(b)に例示する表示制御用データ1Bとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。 Furthermore, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment, the road mark in the case where the vehicle moves to an area where there is no longer a facility belonging to the category to be displayed at that time, for example, a bag path, and the movement ends. For example, instead of the road mark RM (for example, see FIG. 4) in the case where the facility belonging to the category that is the display target still exists first, the shape of the side line as exemplified in FIG. The changed road mark RML and the character mark NI indicating that as illustrated in FIG. 7D, for example, can be additionally displayed. The data for displaying the road mark RML or the character mark NI is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, according to the third embodiment. Acquired and used for icon row display (see step S5 in FIG. 3). Further, the road mark RM itself may be blinked and displayed as a road mark when the vehicle moves to an area where the facility no longer exists and finishes moving. In this case, the control data for blinking the road mark RM is, for example, an icon string display according to the third embodiment that is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is acquired and used (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 更に、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示において、例えば上記探索ルートにおける目的地に到着した場合の表示として、例えば図7(e)に例示するような目的地マークDDM、図7(f)に例示するようなチェッカーフラグマークEM、図7(g)に例示するようなホームマークHM、或いは到着前に使用されていた現在位置マークPMとは色等について表示態様が異なる図7(h)に例示するような現在位置マークPMMにより、当該到着した旨を表示するように構成することができる。これら目的地マークDDM、チェッカーフラグマークEM又はホームマークHMを表示させるためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。また現在位置マークPMMを表示させるためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する道路等表示用データ1Dとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第3実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment, for example, a destination mark DDM as illustrated in FIG. 7 (e), for example, as a display when arriving at the destination in the searched route, as shown in FIG. 7 (f). FIG. 7H shows a different display mode with respect to the color and the like from the checker flag mark EM as illustrated, the home mark HM as illustrated in FIG. 7G, or the current position mark PM used before arrival. The present location mark PMM as illustrated can be configured to display the arrival. The data for displaying the destination mark DDM, the checker flag mark EM or the home mark HM is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. Acquired and used for icon row display according to the third embodiment (see step S5 in FIG. 3). The data for displaying the current position mark PMM is, for example, the data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the road display data 1D illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, in the icon row display according to the third embodiment. Obtained and used (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 以上説明したように、第3実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、その時に表示対象となっているカテゴリの最終施設や、探索ルートにおける目的地を示す最終マークLM又は目的地マークDDM等を、他のアイコンから識別可能に表示するので、最終施設等の存在、換言すればその最終施設等より先には表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設等が存在しないことを、直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the third embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, the display object is displayed at that time. The final facility of a certain category, the final mark LM indicating the destination in the search route, or the destination mark DDM, etc. are displayed so as to be distinguishable from other icons, so the presence of the final facility, in other words, from the final facility, etc. It can be intuitively and immediately recognized that there is no facility or the like belonging to the category to be displayed.
 また、最終マークLM等により示される施設等が最終施設等であることを示す最終マークLM(図7(a)参照)を、最終施設等を表示するアイコンに含ませて表示するので、最終施設等であることをより直感的且つ迅速に認識することができる。 In addition, since the final mark LM (see FIG. 7A) indicating that the facility indicated by the final mark LM or the like is the final facility is displayed in the icon indicating the final facility, the final facility Etc. can be recognized more intuitively and quickly.
 更に、爾後に移動する道路に沿って表示対象であるカテゴリに属する施設等が存在しないとき、当該存在しない範囲の道路を示す道路マークを、当該施設等が存在する範囲の道路を示す道路マークRMとは相違する表示態様の道路マークRMM、道路マークRML、文字マークNIの追加表示、又は異なる表示態様の現在位置マークPMMの表示或いは道路マークRM自体の点滅表示、のいずれかとするので(図7(b)乃至図7(d)参照)、道路に沿った施設等が存在しない領域であることを、より直感的且つ迅速に認識することができる。 Further, when there is no facility or the like belonging to the category to be displayed along the road that moves after the road, a road mark indicating a road in the non-existing range is displayed as a road mark RM indicating a road in the range in which the facility exists. Since the road mark RMM, the road mark RML, and the character mark NI are displayed in a different display mode, the current position mark PMM is displayed in a different display mode, or the road mark RM itself is blinked (FIG. 7). (B) to FIG. 7 (d)), it is possible to more intuitively and quickly recognize that there is no facility along the road.
 更にまた、目的地までの探索ルートがある場合に、当該目的地を示す目的地マークDDM等を表示するので(図7(e)乃至図7(h)参照)、既定の探索ルートの目的地に到達することをより直感的に認識することができる。
(IV)第4実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第4実施例について、図8を用いて説明する。なお図8は第4実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
Furthermore, when there is a search route to the destination, a destination mark DDM indicating the destination is displayed (see FIGS. 7 (e) to 7 (h)), so the destination of the default search route is displayed. Can be more intuitively recognized.
(IV) Fourth Example Next, a fourth example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the fourth embodiment.
 また、第4実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図8においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Also, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the fourth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 8, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description is omitted. To do.
 上述した第1実施例では、車両の現在位置からの距離について、表示対象となる各施設の距離が各施設それぞれに異なる場合のアイコン列表示について説明した。一方、以下に説明する第4実施例では、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示にいて車両の現在位置から見て手前にあるアイコンによりその一部が隠れていたアイコンについて、そのアイコンにより表示されている情報を視認し易いように、当該隠れていたアイコンの表示態様を変化させる。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon row display in the case where the distance of each facility to be displayed is different for each facility with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment to be described below, icons that are partially hidden by the icon in front of the current position of the vehicle in the icon row display according to the first embodiment are displayed by the icons. The display mode of the hidden icon is changed so that the displayed information can be easily viewed.
 即ち、第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、図8(a)に例示するように、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示と同様の表示態様により、各ガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン40乃至49が、道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと共に表示されている。この状態において、第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示として表示データ生成部3は、車両の現在位置から見て手前にあるアイコン40によりその一部が隠されているアイコン42について、その表示位置を、例えば図8(b)に例示するように上下に移動させたり、或いは図8(c)に例示するように左右に移動させたり、或いはこれら上下又は左右の動きを繰り返させることにより、当該アイコン42によりその存在が表示されているガソリンスタンドが「Cガソリン」であることを視認し易くする。この場合のアイコン42の上下又は左右の移動は、例えば図2(b)に例示する表示制御用データ1Bとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているアイコン移動用の制御データを第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得し(図3ステップS5参照)、この制御データを用いて表示データ生成部3がアイコン42を移動させて表示する(図3ステップS11参照)ように構成すれば良い。なおこの場合の移動は、例えば、所定時間の間隔をもって移動させるように構成しても良いし、操作部4におけるアイコンの選択を含む操作を契機として所定時間だけ移動させるように構成しても良い。或いは、例えば昼食時間になったときにレストランの存在を表示するアイコンの移動を開始するように構成しても良い。更には、一部が隠されていたアイコン42の全体が当該移動によって視認できるようになる必要は必ずしもなく、アイコン42の存在自体と当該アイコン42による表示内容が視認できれば、移動後にアイコン42の一部が隠れたままであっても良い。 That is, in the icon row display according to the fourth embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 8A, the icon for displaying the presence of each gas station in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment. 40 to 49 are displayed together with a road mark RM, a current position mark PM, and a distance mark DL. In this state, the display data generation unit 3 displays the display position of the icon 42 that is partially hidden by the icon 40 in front of the current position of the vehicle as the icon string display according to the fourth embodiment. For example, by moving up and down as illustrated in FIG. 8B, or moving left and right as illustrated in FIG. 8C, or by repeating these vertical and horizontal movements, the icon is displayed. 42 makes it easy to visually recognize that the gas station whose presence is displayed is “C gasoline”. In this case, the icon 42 is moved up and down or left and right, for example, the icon movement control data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may obtain in the case of icon row display (refer FIG. 3 step S5), and the display data generation part 3 may move and display the icon 42 using this control data (refer FIG. 3 step S11). The movement in this case may be configured to move at intervals of a predetermined time, for example, or may be configured to move only for a predetermined time triggered by an operation including icon selection in the operation unit 4. . Or you may comprise so that the movement of the icon which displays the presence of a restaurant may be started, for example, when lunch time comes. Furthermore, it is not always necessary that the entire icon 42 that has been partially hidden becomes visible by the movement. If the existence of the icon 42 and the display content of the icon 42 can be visually recognized, one of the icons 42 after the movement is displayed. The part may remain hidden.
 また、第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示の他の例としては、図8(b)及び図8(c)に例示するようにアイコンを移動させるのはなく、例えば図8(d)に例示するように、アイコン40によりその一部が隠されているアイコン42自体を、他のアイコン40等よりも大きく且つ表示内容が同一のアイコン42-1に代えて表示するように構成しても良い。この場合のアイコン42-1を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aは、例えば図2(b)に例示するアイコン表示用データ1Aとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, as another example of the icon string display according to the fourth embodiment, the icons are not moved as illustrated in FIGS. 8B and 8C, but illustrated in FIG. 8D, for example. As described above, the icon 42 itself partially hidden by the icon 40 may be configured to be displayed in place of the icon 42-1 which is larger than the other icons 40 and the like and has the same display content. . In this case, the icon display data 1A for displaying the icon 42-1 is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A exemplified in FIG. What is necessary is just to acquire and use it in the case of this icon row display (refer FIG.3 step S5).
 更には、例えば図8(e)に例示するように、アイコン40によりその一部が隠されているアイコン42に付随させて、当該アイコン42を他のアイコン40よりも視覚的に目立たせるための特徴マークTMを表示するように構成しても良い。この場合の特徴マークTMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第4実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。なおこの他、その一部が隠されているアイコン42自体を、例えば点灯させたり点滅させたりなどすることにより、他のアイコン40等に対して視覚的に目立たせるように構成することもできる。 Further, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 8E, the icon 42 is attached to an icon 42 that is partially hidden by the icon 40 so that the icon 42 is more visually noticeable than the other icons 40. You may comprise so that the characteristic mark TM may be displayed. The data for displaying the feature mark TM in this case is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3). In addition, the icon 42 itself, which is partially hidden, may be configured to be visually conspicuous with respect to the other icons 40 and the like, for example, by lighting or blinking.
 以上説明したように、第4実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、複数のアイコン42等の少なくとも一部が互いに重なる場合、その重なりによって視認性が低下するアイコン42の視認性を高めるように、当該アイコン42の表示態様を変更して表示するので、一部が隠されているアイコン42等であっても、アイコン42等によりその存在が表示される施設等をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the fourth embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, at least a plurality of icons 42 and the like. When part of the icons overlaps each other, the icon 42 whose visibility is lowered due to the overlap is displayed with the icon 42 being changed so that the visibility of the icon 42 is increased. Even in such a case, the facility or the like whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 また、図8(b)又は図8(c)に例示するように、重なっている位置と、その位置とは異なる位置と、の間で表示位置を変更するようにアイコン42等を表示するので、視認する使用者の注意を引きつつ、アイコン42等によりその存在が表示される施設等をより直感的且つ即時に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 8B or FIG. 8C, the icon 42 or the like is displayed so that the display position is changed between the overlapping position and a position different from the overlapping position. Thus, the facility or the like whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like can be more intuitively and immediately recognized while attracting the user's attention.
 更に、図8(b)又は図8(c)に例示するように二つの位置の間での表示位置の変更を繰り返すようにアイコン42等を表示する場合には、視認する使用者の注意をより引き付けて注視させることができる。 Further, when the icon 42 or the like is displayed so as to repeat the change of the display position between the two positions as illustrated in FIG. 8B or FIG. You can attract more attention.
 更にまた、図8(b)又は図8(c)に例示するように移動後にアイコン42等の全体が視認可能に表示される場合は、当該アイコン42等の全体を視認できることで、一部が隠されているアイコン42等によりその存在が表示される施設等をより直感的且つ即時に認識させることができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 8B or FIG. 8C, when the entire icon 42 or the like is displayed so as to be visible after movement, a part of the icon 42 or the like can be visually recognized. A facility or the like whose presence is displayed can be more intuitively and immediately recognized by the hidden icon 42 or the like.
 また、図8(b)又は図8(c)に例示する表示位置の変更を使用者の操作に基づいて行う場合は、視認する使用者による操作を契機として表示位置の変更を行うことで、より使用者の注意を引き付けやすいタイミングで表示位置を変更させることができる。 Moreover, when performing the change of the display position illustrated in FIG.8 (b) or FIG.8 (c) based on a user's operation, by changing a display position with the operation by the user who visually recognizes, The display position can be changed at a timing at which it is easier to attract the user's attention.
 更に、図8(b)又は図8(c)に例示する表示位置の変更を予め設定された時間間隔で行う場合は、表示位置の変更が繰り返されることで、使用者の注意をより引き付けることができる。 Furthermore, when the change of the display position illustrated in FIG. 8B or FIG. 8C is performed at a preset time interval, the change of the display position is repeated to further attract the user's attention. Can do.
 また、図8(d)に例示するように、アイコン42等の大きさを拡大して表示する場合には、視認する使用者の注意を引きつつ、アイコン42等によりその存在が表示される施設等をより直感的且つ即時に認識させることができる。 In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 8D, when the size of the icon 42 or the like is enlarged and displayed, the facility whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like while attracting the user's attention. Etc. can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 更に、図8(e)に例示するように、アイコン42等を目立たせて当該アイコン42等により表示される施設等の存在を示す特徴マークTMをアイコン42等に含ませて表示させる場合には、アイコン42等により示される施設等をより直感的且つ迅速に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 8E, when the icon 42 or the like is displayed with the feature mark TM indicating the existence of the facility or the like displayed by the icon 42 or the like being displayed, the icon 42 or the like is displayed. The facility indicated by the icon 42 or the like can be recognized more intuitively and quickly.
 なお、一部が隠されているアイコン42等が一又は複数ある場合において、使用者の操作によって選択されたアイコン42等の視認性を高めるようにその表示態様を変更する構成とすることもできる。この構成によれば、より使用者の注意を引き付けやすいタイミングで表示態様を変更して表示させることで、アイコン42等によりその存在が表示される施設をより直感的且つ即時に認識させることができる。 In addition, when there are one or a plurality of icons 42 or the like that are partially hidden, the display mode may be changed so as to improve the visibility of the icon 42 or the like selected by the user's operation. . According to this configuration, it is possible to recognize the facility whose presence is displayed by the icon 42 or the like more intuitively and immediately by changing the display mode at a timing at which it is easier to attract the user's attention. .
 また、一部が隠されているアイコン42等が一又は複数ある場合において、各アイコン42等の表示態様の変更を、予め設定された時間間隔でアイコン42等ごとに実行すること構成とすることもできる。この構成によっても、使用者の注意をより引き付けることができる。
(V)第5実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第5実施例について、図9を用いて説明する。なお図9は第5実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
In addition, when there are one or more icons 42 or the like that are partially hidden, the display mode of each icon 42 or the like is changed for each icon 42 or the like at a preset time interval. You can also. This configuration can also attract the user's attention.
(V) Fifth Example Next, a fifth example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a view showing a display example of icons according to the fifth embodiment.
 また、第5実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図9においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Also, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the fifth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string are basically performed using the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIG. 9, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed description thereof is omitted. To do.
 上述した第1実施例では、車両の現在位置からの距離のみに基づいたアイコン列表示について説明した。これに対して以下に説明する第5実施例では、上記距離以外に、アイコンの表示についての判別条件を設け、この判別条件に合致しない属性を有する施設の存在を表示するアイコンについては、その表示態様を他のアイコンより薄くしたり、或いは非表示とする。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon string display based only on the distance from the current position of the vehicle has been described. On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment described below, a determination condition for icon display is provided in addition to the distance, and an icon for displaying the existence of a facility having an attribute that does not match the determination condition is displayed. The aspect is made thinner than other icons or is not displayed.
 ここで第5実施例に係る上記判別条件としては、例えば、その施設の営業時間、その施設における駐車場の有無、その施設についての同一系列店の重複表示、既定のお気に入り施設、中央分離帯の有無、横断禁止エリア等のうち、いずれか一つ又は複数の組み合わせが用いられる。これらの情報は、例えば予め記憶部1に記憶されていたデータを参照しても良いし、例えばインターネット等のネットワークを介して営業時間等を示す情報を表示データ生成部3が取得しても良い。 Here, as the determination condition according to the fifth embodiment, for example, the business hours of the facility, the presence / absence of a parking lot at the facility, the overlapping display of the same affiliated store for the facility, the default favorite facility, the median strip Any one or a combination of presence / absence, crossing prohibited area, and the like is used. For these information, for example, data stored in the storage unit 1 in advance may be referred to, or for example, the display data generation unit 3 may acquire information indicating business hours via a network such as the Internet. .
 そして例えば、第5実施例に係る表示データ生成部3は、駐車場がない施設の存在を表示するアイコン、その時に表示すべきカテゴリ又は系列の施設の中で現在地に最も近い施設を除いた施設(例えば、往復路において二回目以降に出現する当該カテゴリ等の施設を含む)の存在を表示するアイコン、或いは、中央分離帯の存在や横断禁止規制のためにその部分を通過して反対車線に移動して入場することができない施設の存在を表示するアイコン等を、他のアイコンに比して薄くしてディスプレイ6上に表示する(図3ステップS11参照)。これについて図9(a)では、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示と同様の表示態様により、各ガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン50乃至59が、道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと共に表示されているところ、例えば中央分離帯の存在により反対車線に移動して入場することができなくなっている「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン52-1、「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン53-1及び「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン56-1を、他のアイコン50等に比べて薄い表示態様のアイコンとし、これらを元のアイコン52、53及び56に代えてディスプレイ6上に表示する(図3ステップS11参照)。この場合のアイコン52-1、53-1及び56-1を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aは、例えば図2(b)に例示するアイコン表示用データ1Aとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第5実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。なおこの他、反対車線に移動して入場することができなくなっているガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン52-1、アイコン53-1及びアイコン56-1以外のアイコン50等について、これを例えば回転させる等により、より目立たせるように構成することもできる。 And, for example, the display data generation unit 3 according to the fifth embodiment has an icon that displays the existence of a facility that does not have a parking lot, and a facility that excludes a facility that is closest to the current location among the facilities of the category or series that should be displayed at that time. An icon that displays the presence of a (for example, a facility of the category or the like that appears on or after the second time on the round trip), or passes through that part to the opposite lane due to the presence of a median strip or the prohibition of crossing An icon or the like indicating the existence of a facility that cannot move and enter is displayed on the display 6 with a lighter thickness than other icons (see step S11 in FIG. 3). In FIG. 9 (a), icons 50 to 59 for displaying the presence of each gas station are displayed as road mark RM, current position mark PM, and distance mark in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment. When displayed together with DL, for example, the icon 52-1, “D gasoline”, which displays the presence of the “C gasoline” gas station, which cannot move and enter the opposite lane due to the presence of a median. The icon 53-1 for displaying the presence of the gas station and the icon 56-1 for displaying the presence of the gas station of “D gasoline” are displayed in a lighter manner than the other icons 50, etc. Instead of the icons 52, 53 and 56, they are displayed on the display 6 (see step S11 in FIG. 3). The icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 52-1, 53-1 and 56-1 in this case is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is necessary is just acquired and used in the icon row display which concerns on 5th Example (refer FIG.3 step S5). In addition to this, for example, the icon 50-1, the icon 53-1 and the icon 56-1 other than the icon 56-1 which display the existence of the gas station which cannot move and enter the opposite lane are rotated. It can also be configured to make it stand out more.
 一方、第5実施例に係る表示データ生成部3は、営業時間外の施設の存在を表示するアイコン及び、既定のいわゆるお気に入りデータとして登録されている施設(施設そのもの、又はその施設が含まれるカテゴリ全体)以外の施設の存在を表示するアイコンについて、そのアイコン自体をディスプレイ6上から消去する。これについて図9(b)では、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示と同様の表示態様により、各ガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン50乃至59が、道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと共に表示されているところ、例えばアイコン52及び55によりその存在が表示される「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドが営業時間外であることが、例えば上記ネットワークを介して取得したデータに基づいて判明した場合に、表示データ生成部3は当該アイコン52及び55をディスプレイ6上から消去する(図3ステップS11参照)。なおこのとき、消去されなかったアイコン50等を例えば第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示と同様の表示態様でディスプレイ6上に表示させる場合、消去されたアイコン52及び55に対応していた距離データDLの位置にアイコンが表示されなくなってしまう。このため第5実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、消去されたアイコンがあった場合、車両の現在位置から見てその消去されたアイコン52及び55より後ろの位置にあるガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン53、54及び56乃至59の表示位置を、車両の現在位置から見て手前方向に順次移動させる。即ち図9(b)に示す例で表示データ生成部3は、消去されたアイコン52及び55より遠方にあったガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン53、54及び56乃至59を、より近い位置に再配置する(図3ステップS10又はS14参照)。そして第5実施例に係るアイコン列表示においてこの再配置により空白となった遠方の部分には、表示データ生成部3により、その時に表示されるべきカテゴリに属する他の(今までその存在が未表示だった)施設の存在を表示するアイコン59A及び59Bが、前倒しで新たに例えば道路マークRMの左側に表示される(図3ステップS11参照)。 On the other hand, the display data generation unit 3 according to the fifth embodiment includes an icon for displaying the existence of a facility outside business hours and a facility registered as default so-called favorite data (the facility itself or a category including the facility). For the icons indicating the presence of facilities other than the whole), the icons themselves are deleted from the display 6. In FIG. 9B, icons 50 to 59 for displaying the existence of each gas station are displayed as road mark RM, current position mark PM, and distance mark in a display manner similar to the icon row display according to the first embodiment. When it is displayed with DL, for example, it has been found based on the data acquired through the network, for example, that the gas station of “C gasoline” whose presence is displayed by the icons 52 and 55 is out of business hours, for example. In this case, the display data generation unit 3 deletes the icons 52 and 55 from the display 6 (see step S11 in FIG. 3). At this time, when the icons 50 and the like that have not been deleted are displayed on the display 6 in the same display manner as the icon row display according to the first embodiment, for example, the distance data corresponding to the deleted icons 52 and 55 is displayed. The icon is no longer displayed at the DL position. For this reason, in the icon row display according to the fifth embodiment, when there is an erased icon, the presence of a gas station at a position behind the erased icons 52 and 55 as viewed from the current position of the vehicle is displayed. The display positions of the icons 53, 54 and 56 to 59 to be moved are sequentially moved toward the front as viewed from the current position of the vehicle. That is, in the example shown in FIG. 9B, the display data generation unit 3 brings the icons 53, 54, and 56 to 59 that display the existence of the gas stations far away from the deleted icons 52 and 55 closer to the positions. Rearrange (see step S10 or S14 in FIG. 3). Then, in the icon row display according to the fifth embodiment, the distant portion that has become blank due to this rearrangement is displayed by the display data generation unit 3 in the other category belonging to the category that should be displayed at that time (there is no existence so far). The icons 59A and 59B that display the presence of the facility are newly displayed, for example, on the left side of the road mark RM (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
 ここで、上記お気に入りデータ自体の登録に関しては、例えば、アイコン列表示の対象となっている各施設について、当該施設への過去の訪問履歴データを予め記憶部1等に記憶しておく。そしてこの訪問履歴データを元に、例えば系列の施設別に訪問回数を計数して処理部2内に記憶しておき、当該訪問回数の多い順に系列の施設を処理部2において検索/ソートし、予め設定されている閾値回数を用いてソート結果としての上位グループと下位グループに分類した上で、当該上位グループに入る施設を「お気に入り施設」として記憶部1等に記憶しておき、一方、当該下位グループに入る施設はお気に入り施設以外の施設と判定するように構成することができる。
 以上説明したように、第5実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、実際には使用できない施設等、判別条件に合致しない属性を有する施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、判別条件に合致する属性を有する施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示するので、判別条件に合致する施設等と合致しない施設等とをより直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。
Here, regarding the registration of the favorite data itself, for example, the past visit history data to the facility is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 or the like for each facility that is the target of icon row display. Based on this visit history data, for example, the number of visits for each facility in the series is counted and stored in the processing unit 2, and the facilities in the series are searched / sorted in the processing unit 2 in descending order of the number of visits. After classifying into the upper group and the lower group as the sorting result using the set threshold number of times, the facility that belongs to the upper group is stored as “favorite facility” in the storage unit 1 or the like, The facility that enters the group can be configured to be determined as a facility other than the favorite facility.
As described above, according to the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the fifth embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, facilities that cannot actually be used. Each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility having an attribute not matching the determination condition lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility having an attribute matching the determination condition. It is possible to discriminate between a matching facility and a non-matching facility more intuitively and immediately.
 また、図9(a)に例示するように、例えば営業時間外の施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、営業時間内の施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、営業時間外であって利用できない施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 9A, for example, each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility outside business hours set lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility during business hours, for example. In such a case, it is possible to recognize intuitively and instantly a facility that is out of business hours and cannot be used.
 更に、例えば駐車場がない施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、駐車場がある施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、駐車場がなく車両で利用できない施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 Furthermore, for example, when each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility without a parking lot lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility with a parking lot, there is no parking lot and the vehicle is used. It is possible to distinguish and recognize facilities that cannot be recognized intuitively and immediately.
 更にまた、道路マークRMにより表示される道路に中央分離帯があることが示されている位置において反対車線にある施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、中央分離帯がないことが示されている位置において反対車線にある施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、中央分離帯の存在により進入できない反対車線の施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 Furthermore, the visibility of the icon indicating the facility or the like in the opposite lane at the position where the road indicated by the road mark RM indicates that the road has a median is shown. When displaying each icon lower than the visibility of the icon indicating the facility in the opposite lane at the position, distinguish the facility in the opposite lane that cannot be entered due to the presence of the median strip intuitively and immediately. Can be recognized.
 また、道路マークRMにより表示される道路において横断禁止位置であることが示されている位置において反対車線にある施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、横断禁止位置でないことが示されている位置において反対車線にある施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、横断禁止位置であることにより進入できない反対車線の施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 In addition, the visibility of the icon indicating the facility or the like in the opposite lane at the position indicated as the crossing prohibited position on the road displayed by the road mark RM is set at the position indicated as not being the crossing prohibited position. When each icon is displayed lower than the visibility of the icons indicating facilities in the opposite lane, the facilities in the opposite lane that cannot be entered due to the prohibition of crossing are recognized and distinguished quickly and intuitively. Can be made.
 また、車両の位置から最も近い位置にある同じカテゴリ又は系列等の施設等以外の施設等(例えば、往復路において二回目以降に出現するそのカテゴリ等の施設等を含む)を示すアイコンの視認性を、当該最も近い位置にある同じカテゴリ等に属する施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、同じカテゴリ等の共通の属性を有する施設等のうち、より遠方にある施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 In addition, the visibility of icons indicating facilities other than facilities of the same category or series that are closest to the position of the vehicle (for example, facilities of the category appearing in the round trip after the second time, etc.) When displaying each icon lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility belonging to the same category or the like at the nearest position, among the facilities having a common attribute such as the same category It is possible to recognize a facility or the like located far away in an intuitive and immediate manner.
 更に、「お気に入り」として指定された属性を有しない施設等を示すアイコンの視認性を、「お気に入り」として指定された属性を有する施設等を示すアイコンの視認性よりも低くして各アイコンを表示する場合には、当該指定された属性を有さない施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。このとき、過去の訪問回数が予め設定されている回数以上の施設等を上記「お気に入り」として指定する場合には、当該指定された属性の指定操作自体が不要となるので、指定された属性を有さない施設等を簡便に、更に直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 Furthermore, each icon is displayed with the visibility of an icon indicating a facility or the like not having an attribute designated as “favorite” lower than the visibility of an icon indicating a facility or the like having an attribute designated as “favorite” In this case, it is possible to recognize the facility or the like that does not have the designated attribute intuitively and immediately. At this time, in the case of designating a facility or the like whose number of past visits is greater than or equal to the preset number as the “favorite”, the designation operation itself of the designated attribute is not necessary. Facilities that do not have can be recognized easily and more intuitively and immediately.
 更にまた、視認性を低くして表示すべきアイコンをディスプレイ6上から消去する場合には、視認性を低くして表示すべきアイコン以外のアイコンをより明確に認識させることができる。 Furthermore, when an icon to be displayed with low visibility is erased from the display 6, it is possible to make the icons other than the icons to be displayed with low visibility more clearly recognized.
 また図9(b)に例示するように、非表示とするアイコン52及びアイコン55が表示されるべきであったディスプレイ6上の位置に対応する位置に、非表示とするアイコン52及びアイコン55により表示される施設等より遠方にある他の施設等を表示するアイコン53及び56を表示する場合には、より遠方にある施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 9B, the non-display icon 52 and the icon 55 are displayed at a position corresponding to the position on the display 6 where the non-display icon 52 and the icon 55 should be displayed. When the icons 53 and 56 for displaying other facilities far away from the displayed facility or the like are displayed, it is possible to distinguish and recognize the far away facilities etc. intuitively and immediately.
 更に図9(b)に例示するように、非表示とするアイコン52等がある場合に、表示位置が変更されて表示されるアイコン56等により示される施設等よりも更に遠方にある他の施設等を表示するアイコン59A及びアイコン59Bを表示する場合には、更に遠方にある施設等を直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。
(VI)第6実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第6実施例について、図10及び図11を用いて説明する。なお図10及び図11は第6実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
Further, as illustrated in FIG. 9B, when there is an icon 52 or the like to be hidden, other facilities that are further away from the facility or the like indicated by the icon 56 or the like that is displayed with the display position changed. When the icon 59A and the icon 59B for displaying etc. are displayed, it is possible to distinguish and recognize a far away facility etc. intuitively and immediately.
(VI) Sixth Example Next, a sixth example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 and 11 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the sixth embodiment.
 また、第6実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図10及び図11においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Further, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the sixth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Therefore, in FIG.10 and FIG.11, the same member number is attached | subjected about the same structure as the structure (refer FIG. 2) and icon row display (refer FIG. 4) of the navigation apparatus SS which concerns on 1st Example, and is shown in detail. Description is omitted.
 上述した第1実施例では、表示対象となる各施設の存在を表示するアイコンのみを表示するアイコン列表示について説明した。これに対して以下に説明する第6実施例では、当該アイコンだけでなく、種々の付随的な表示をアイコンと共に行うことにより、当該アイコンによりその存在が示される施設に関連する付随情報自体、又は当該付随情報の存在を視認させるためのアイコン列表示に、本願を適用する。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon string display for displaying only the icons for displaying the existence of each facility to be displayed has been described. On the other hand, in the sixth embodiment described below, by performing not only the icon but also various accompanying displays together with the icon, the accompanying information itself related to the facility whose presence is indicated by the icon, or The present application is applied to icon row display for visually confirming the presence of the accompanying information.
 即ち第6実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された場合、ディスプレイ6には、図10(a)に一態様を例示するように、第1実施例の場合(図4参照)と同様の道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと、車両の現在位置からの各距離に対応した施設の存在を表示するアイコン60乃至69と、が表示データ生成部3により表示される。これに加えて第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、各アイコン60等によりその存在が表示されている施設に関連する付随情報をその内容とする付随マークVMが、当該付随情報が関連する施設の存在を表示するアイコンとの関連性が認識できる位置に表示される。図10(a)に例示する場合は、アイコン64によりその存在が表示されている「Eガソリン」のガソリンスタンドにおけるその時点でのガソリンの単価(例えば、ガソリンの種類別の単価であってもよい)をその表示内容とする付随マークVMが、当該アイコン64の上側傍に表示されている。この場合の付随マークVMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。なお付随マークVM自体の表示態様としては、例えば塗りつぶされた表示態様又は半透明の表示態様を用いることができる。 That is, when the icon display process according to the sixth embodiment is executed, the display 6 has the same road as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 10A. The display data generation unit 3 displays a mark RM, a current position mark PM, a distance mark DL, and icons 60 to 69 that display the existence of facilities corresponding to each distance from the current position of the vehicle. In addition to this, in the icon row display according to the sixth embodiment, the accompanying mark VM having the accompanying information related to the facility whose presence is displayed by each icon 60 or the like is related to the accompanying information. It is displayed at a position where the relevance with the icon indicating the existence of the facility can be recognized. In the case illustrated in FIG. 10A, the unit price of gasoline at that point in the gasoline station “E gasoline” whose presence is displayed by the icon 64 (for example, the unit price by gasoline type may be used). ) Is displayed on the upper side of the icon 64. The data for displaying the accompanying mark VM in this case is, for example, the data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3). As the display mode of the accompanying mark VM itself, for example, a filled display mode or a translucent display mode can be used.
 また、第6実施例に係る付随マークVMの表示態様の他の例としては、例えば図10(b)に例示するように、付随マークVMを、当該付随マークVMにより価格が表示される「Eガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの存在を表示するアイコン64に重ねて、車両の現在位置から見てその手前の位置に表示するように構成しても良い。またこの場合のアイコン64を、図10(b)に例示するようにその表示が薄くなったアイコン64-1とし、付随マークVMの内容を視認し易くするように構成しても良い。この場合のアイコン64-1を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aは、例えば図2(b)に例示するアイコン表示用データ1Aとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。この図10(b)に例示する場合も、付随マークVM自体の表示態様としては、例えば塗りつぶされた表示態様又は半透明の表示態様を用いることができ、また、アイコン64の表示とこれに対応する付随マークVMの表示とを所定の時間間隔で切り換えるように構成することもできる。 Further, as another example of the display mode of the accompanying mark VM according to the sixth example, as illustrated in FIG. 10B, for example, the price of the accompanying mark VM is displayed by the accompanying mark VM. It may be configured such that it is displayed on a position in front of the current position of the vehicle, superimposed on the icon 64 that displays the presence of the petrol station. Further, the icon 64 in this case may be configured to be an icon 64-1 whose display is lightened as illustrated in FIG. 10B so that the contents of the accompanying mark VM can be easily seen. In this case, the icon display data 1A for displaying the icon 64-1 is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. What is necessary is just to acquire and use it in the case of this icon row display (refer FIG.3 step S5). Also in the case illustrated in FIG. 10B, as the display mode of the accompanying mark VM itself, for example, a filled display mode or a semi-transparent display mode can be used, and the display of the icon 64 and corresponding to this. The display of the accompanying mark VM can be switched at a predetermined time interval.
 更に、例えば図10(c)に例示するように、付随マークVMの表示内容が関連している施設の存在を表示するアイコン64と、当該付随マークVMと、の関連性をより明確とするための関連マークARと共に、当該付随マークVMを表示するように構成しても良い。 Furthermore, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 10C, in order to clarify the relationship between the icon 64 that displays the existence of a facility related to the display content of the accompanying mark VM and the accompanying mark VM. The associated mark VM may be displayed together with the related mark AR.
 更にまた、例えば図11(a)に例示するように、上記ガソリンの価格のように文字を用いた表示が複雑になってしまう等の場合(例えば図11(a)に例示するように施設がカフェである場合)には、付随情報自体を直接表示するのではなく、その存在を表示する付随マークVMB、VMS或いはVMB2を、当該付随マークVMB等により付随情報の存在が表示される施設の存在を表示するアイコン64、66又は62との関連性が認識できる表示態様で表示するように構成しても良い。この場合の付随マークVMB等を表示するためのデータも、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。なお図11(a)に例示するように、認識させるべき付随情報の数が一つの場合には付随マークVMB又はVMSのような一つの付随マークを用い、付随情報の数が複数ある場合には付随マークVMB2のように当該数(付随マークVMB2の場合は二つ)が認識できるような表示態様の付随マークを用いるのが好適である。なお、当該数の表示態様としては、図11(a)に例示する表示態様の他に、当該数自体を示す数字を付随マークに重ねて表示するように構成しても良い。そして、付随マークVMB等によりその存在が表示されている付随情報の内容を確認する場合には、操作部4においてその旨の操作が行われた場合に、その内容を別途表示するように構成することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 11A, for example, when the display using characters becomes complicated like the price of the gasoline (for example, as illustrated in FIG. 11A) In the case of a cafe), the accompanying information VMM, VMS, or VMB2 indicating the presence of the accompanying information itself is not displayed directly, but the presence of the accompanying information is indicated by the accompanying mark VMB. You may comprise so that it may display in the display mode which can recognize the relationship with the icon 64, 66, or 62 which displays. In this case, the data for displaying the accompanying mark VMB and the like is also stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C exemplified in FIG. 2B, for example. What is necessary is just to acquire and use for a display (refer FIG.3 step S5). As illustrated in FIG. 11A, when the number of accompanying information to be recognized is one, one accompanying mark such as the accompanying mark VMB or VMS is used, and when there are a plurality of accompanying information. It is preferable to use an accompanying mark having a display form such that the number (two in the case of the accompanying mark VMB2) can be recognized, such as the accompanying mark VMB2. As a display mode of the number, in addition to the display mode illustrated in FIG. 11A, a number indicating the number itself may be displayed so as to overlap the accompanying mark. When the content of the accompanying information whose presence is displayed by the accompanying mark VMB or the like is confirmed, the content is separately displayed when an operation to that effect is performed in the operation unit 4. be able to.
 また、図11(b)上に例示するように、付随情報の存在を、付随マークVFとして、当該付随マークVFにより付随情報の存在が表示される施設の存在を表示するアイコン64の周囲の枠のように表示し、そのアイコン64が操作部4における操作により選択されたときに、図11(b)下に例示するように当該付随情報の内容を示す付随マークVFNに表示を切り換えるように構成することもできる。更にこの場合の付随マークVFNを、例えば動的なアニメーション表示により表示するように構成することもできる。これら付随マークVF等を表示するためのデータも、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 11B, the presence of the accompanying information is used as the accompanying mark VF, and the frame around the icon 64 that displays the existence of the facility in which the presence of the accompanying information is displayed by the accompanying mark VF. When the icon 64 is selected by an operation on the operation unit 4, the display is switched to the accompanying mark VFN indicating the content of the accompanying information as illustrated in the lower part of FIG. You can also Further, the accompanying mark VFN in this case can be configured to be displayed by, for example, dynamic animation display. The data for displaying the accompanying mark VF and the like is also stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example, in the icon row display according to the sixth embodiment. What is necessary is just to acquire and use (refer FIG.3 step S5).
 更に、第6実施例に係るアイコン列表示における付随情報として具体的には、例えば、図10に例示した価格の他、施設等に対する評価(いわゆるブログにおける評価等)、ナビゲーション装置SSの使用者が事前に登録したいわゆるお気に入りデータに属するデータ(当該データ自体は、当該使用者の事前登録又はその者の過去の検索履歴を利用して例えば記憶部1から表示データ生成部3が取得する)、その施設における新商品情報、キャンペーン情報、混雑度情報(施設自体や駐車場の満空情報)、或いは、その施設における駐車場の有無を示す情報等が挙げられる。 Further, as the accompanying information in the icon row display according to the sixth embodiment, specifically, for example, the price illustrated in FIG. 10, the evaluation of facilities, etc. (evaluation in a so-called blog, etc.), the user of the navigation device SS Data belonging to so-called favorite data registered in advance (the data itself is acquired by the display data generation unit 3 from the storage unit 1 using the user's prior registration or the past search history of the user), New product information at the facility, campaign information, congestion level information (the facility itself and parking lot availability information), information indicating the presence or absence of a parking lot at the facility, and the like.
 更にまた、付随マークVM等の表示態様としても、例えば、最安値等の極値の情報を常に表示する(即ちその施設についての付随マークVMとしては一つ)場合の他、ナビゲーション装置SSの使用者が予め設定した特定の条件を満たす付随情報を一又は複数表示するように構成しても良い。 Furthermore, as a display mode of the accompanying mark VM or the like, for example, the extreme value information such as the lowest price is always displayed (that is, one as the accompanying mark VM for the facility), the use of the navigation device SS. One or a plurality of accompanying information that satisfies a specific condition set in advance by the person may be displayed.
 また、表示すべき付随情報が存在する施設が同時に複数ある場合については、例えば、
・全ての付随情報を一度に表示する方法、
・例えば車両の現在位置から近いものから順番に、価格について安いものから順番に、或いはランダムに、所定の時間間隔で定期的に切り換える方法、或いは、
・付随情報を一つだけ表示するか、複数表示するかを上記使用者に任意に設定させて切り換える方法
 等がある。
In addition, when there are multiple facilities with accompanying information that should be displayed,
-A method to display all accompanying information at once,
-For example, a method of periodically switching at a predetermined time interval in order from the closest to the current position of the vehicle, in order from the cheapest to the price, or randomly, or
-There is a method of switching by allowing the user to arbitrarily set whether to display only one or a plurality of accompanying information.
 更に、上記使用者が付随情報として表示させる内容の条件を予め設定し、その内容を記憶部1に記憶させておくことで、その設定内容を反映させた付随情報の表示を行うことができる。この使用者が設定する条件としてより具体的には、例えば以下の条件設定が可能である。
・価格についての最安値又は最高値を表示させること、
・価格の付随情報について、表示させる金額の範囲、評価のレベル、その付随情報が関連する施設の、車両の現在位置からの距離等を表示させる条件範囲を設定すること
・価格の付随情報について、一つの値のみを表示させること
・一つの施設について複数の付随情報がある場合に、そのうちの一つだけを表示させること、又はそれらの全てを表示させること
・一つの施設について、表示する付随情報の種類を選択すること。この場合の選択は例えば、「AND条件」又は「OR条件」として選択することが考えられる。
Furthermore, by setting in advance conditions for the contents to be displayed by the user as the accompanying information and storing the contents in the storage unit 1, the accompanying information reflecting the setting contents can be displayed. More specifically, for example, the following conditions can be set as conditions set by the user.
・ Display the lowest or highest price.
-For the incidental information on the price, set the range of the amount to display, the level of evaluation, the condition range to display the distance from the current position of the vehicle of the facility to which the incidental information is related, etc. Displaying only one value-If there is multiple incidental information for one facility, display only one of them, or display all of them-Accompanying information to display for one facility Choose the type of. In this case, for example, it is conceivable to select “AND condition” or “OR condition”.
 更に、上記各付随情報自体については、例えば記憶部1に予め記憶されていたものを表示データ生成部3が取得して表示するように構成しても良いし、或いは上記ネットワークを介して図示しない外部のサーバ装置等から取得したものを表示するように構成しても良い。 Further, each of the accompanying information itself may be configured so that the display data generation unit 3 acquires and displays the information stored in advance in the storage unit 1 or is not illustrated via the network. You may comprise so that what was acquired from the external server apparatus etc. may be displayed.
 以上説明したように、第6実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、付随情報が付随する施設等を示すアイコン64の表示位置に対応するディスプレイ6上の表示位置に、アイコン64とは別個に付随マークVM等を表示するので、当該施設等への付随性を示しつつ、付随情報を容易に認識させることができる。従って例えば、上記使用者が注目したいと考える付随情報や、施設として最も重要だと思われる付随情報をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the sixth embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display processing in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, the facility with accompanying information, etc. Since the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed separately from the icon 64 at the display position corresponding to the display position of the icon 64 indicating, the accompanying information is easily recognized while showing the accompanyingness to the facility. Can be made. Therefore, for example, it is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize the accompanying information that the user wants to pay attention to or the accompanying information that is considered to be most important as a facility.
 また図10(a)に例示するように、付随情報が付随する施設等を示すアイコン64等の表示位置に隣接する表示位置に付随マークVM等を表示する場合は、付随マークVM等に対応する付随情報とそれが付随する施設等との関係を即時に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 10A, when the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed at a display position adjacent to the display position of the icon 64 or the like indicating the facility or the like accompanied by accompanying information, it corresponds to the accompanying mark VM or the like. It is possible to immediately recognize the relationship between the accompanying information and the facility with which the accompanying information is attached.
 更に図10(b)に例示するように、付随情報が付随する施設等を示すアイコン64-1に重ねて付随マークVM等を表示する場合は、付随マークVM等に対応する付随情報とそれが付随する施設等との関係を即時に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 10B, when the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed over the icon 64-1 indicating the facility or the like with the accompanying information, the accompanying information corresponding to the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed. It is possible to immediately recognize the relationship with the accompanying facility.
 更にまた図10(b)に例示するように、重ねて表示するアイコン64-1が視認可能となるように付随マークVM等を表示する場合は、付随マークVM等が対応する付随情報と、その付随情報が付随する施設等と、を同時に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 10B, when the accompanying mark VM or the like is displayed so that the icon 64-1 displayed in a superimposed manner is visible, the accompanying information corresponding to the accompanying mark VM and the like, It is possible to simultaneously recognize a facility or the like with accompanying information.
 また、重ねて表示するアイコン64-1と、付随マークVM等と、を切り替えつつ表示する場合は、付随マークVM等が対応する付随情報を、その付随情報が付随する施設等と同程度に認識させることができる。 In addition, when switching and displaying the icon 64-1 and the accompanying mark VM that are displayed in an overlapping manner, the accompanying information corresponding to the accompanying mark VM is recognized to the same extent as the facility to which the accompanying information is attached. Can be made.
 更に図10(c)に例示するように、アイコン64及び付随マークVM等に加えて関連マークARを表示する場合は、付随マークVM等に対応する付随情報とそれが付随する施設等との関係を、即時に且つより明確に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 10C, when the related mark AR is displayed in addition to the icon 64 and the accompanying mark VM, etc., the relation between the accompanying information corresponding to the accompanying mark VM and the facility to which the accompanying mark AR is attached. Can be recognized immediately and more clearly.
 更にまた図11(a)又は図11(b)に例示するように、各施設等それぞれについて付随マークVMB、VMS或いはVMB2を表示する場合は、施設等に対応する付随情報の存在を、直感的に認識させることができる。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 11 (a) or FIG. 11 (b), when the accompanying mark VMB, VMS or VMB2 is displayed for each facility, etc., the presence of the accompanying information corresponding to the facility etc. is intuitive. Can be recognized.
 また図11(b)に例示するように、表示されている付随マークVFを選択可能とし、その選択された付随マークVFに対応する付随情報の内容を表示する場合は、簡易な操作で付随情報自体の内容を即時に認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 11B, when the displayed accompanying mark VF can be selected and the content of the accompanying information corresponding to the selected accompanying mark VF is displayed, the accompanying information is displayed with a simple operation. The content of itself can be recognized immediately.
 また図11(a)に例示する付随マークVMB2のように、付随情報の数を示す情報を付随マークVMB2に含ませる場合は、施設等に対応する付随情報の存在を、直感的に認識させることができる。
(VII)第7実施例
 次に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第7実施例について、図12乃至図14を用いて説明する。なお図12乃至図14は第7実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
When the information indicating the number of accompanying information is included in the accompanying mark VMB2 as in the accompanying mark VMB2 illustrated in FIG. 11A, the presence of the accompanying information corresponding to the facility or the like is intuitively recognized. Can do.
(VII) Seventh Example Next, a seventh example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams showing examples of icon display according to the seventh embodiment.
 また、第7実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図12乃至図14においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Also, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the seventh embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIGS. 12 to 14, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers and detailed. Description is omitted.
 以下に説明する第7実施例は、第1実施例に係るアイコン列表示がされている場合において、一つのアイコンが操作部4における操作により選択されたときのアイコン列表示の変化についての実施例である。なお以下に説明する第7実施例において「選択」というときには、以下の二つの場合が含まれる。
・当該選択用の例えば図示しないカーソルを複数のアイコン上を動かし(移動させ)、選択されるべき特定のアイコン上にそのカーソルを止めて、決定操作を行うこと。
・上記カーソルを複数のアイコン上を動かしている(移動させている)過程で、特定のアイコン上にカーソルがあるのみの状態(即ち、当該特定のアイコン上にカーソルはあるが、その特定のアイコンについての決定操作まではされていない状態)
 即ち第7実施例に係るアイコン表示処理としては、第1実施例の場合(図4参照)と同様の道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと、車両の現在位置からの各距離に対応した施設の存在を表示するアイコン70乃至79と、が表示されている場合において例えばアイコン72が操作部4における操作により選択されると、図12(a)に例示するように、当該アイコン72の例えば直下に、当該アイコン72が選択されたことを示す選択マークSMが表示され、更に所定の表示領域DA内に、当該選択されたアイコン72によりその存在が表示されている施設についての情報等が文字等により表示される。またこの場合に、当該表示領域DAに表示されている内容の視認性を高める等の理由により、第1実施例の場合に表示されていた現在位置マークPMが表示されない。この場合の選択マークSMを表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。
The seventh embodiment described below is an embodiment regarding a change in icon row display when one icon is selected by an operation in the operation unit 4 when the icon row display according to the first embodiment is performed. It is. In the seventh embodiment described below, the term “selection” includes the following two cases.
-Move (move) a cursor for selection (not shown) on a plurality of icons, stop the cursor on a specific icon to be selected, and perform a determination operation.
In the process of moving (moving) the cursor on a plurality of icons, the cursor is only on the specific icon (that is, the cursor is on the specific icon, but the specific icon The state has not been determined until
That is, the icon display process according to the seventh embodiment includes the same road mark RM, current position mark PM and distance mark DL as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 4), and each distance from the current position of the vehicle. When the icons 70 to 79 indicating the presence of the corresponding facility are displayed, for example, when the icon 72 is selected by an operation on the operation unit 4, as illustrated in FIG. For example, a selection mark SM indicating that the icon 72 has been selected is displayed immediately below, and information on a facility whose presence is displayed by the selected icon 72 in a predetermined display area DA, etc. Is displayed in characters or the like. In this case, the current position mark PM displayed in the case of the first embodiment is not displayed for reasons such as improving the visibility of the content displayed in the display area DA. The data for displaying the selection mark SM in this case is, for example, data stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 また、第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示の他の例として、例えば、図12(b)上に例示するようにアイコン70が選択された結果として選択マークSMと表示領域DAとが表示されている場合において、新たにアイコン73が選択されると、図12(b)下に例示するように、当該アイコン73についての上記選択マークSMと表示領域DAとが表示されると共に、アイコン列表示において、アイコン73より車両の現在位置から見て手前に表示されていたアイコン70乃至72は全て消去され、且つ、当該選択されたアイコン73が最前面に位置するように、アイコン列表示の内容が順次手前側に遷移するように構成することができる。この場合、元のアイコン79よりも遠方を表示する位置には、車両の現在位置からの距離及び車両が爾後に移動する道路に対してどちら側に施設があるかに基づいて、新たな施設の存在を示すアイコン79A乃至79Cが追加的に表示される。この場合の画面遷移は、例えば図2(b)に例示する表示制御用データ1Bとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているアイコン移動用(画面遷移用)の制御データを第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得し(図3ステップS5参照)、この制御データを用いて表示データ生成部3がアイコン73等を移動させて表示する(図3ステップS11参照)ように構成すれば良い。また図12(b)に例示する場合において、例えば一番手前に表示されているアイコン70からアイコン71→アイコン72と順次選択していって最終的に選択対象たるアイコン73が選択される場合、第7実施例に係る画面遷移としては、その時に選択されているアイコン70等の直下に選択マークSMが表示されることが順次繰り返されると共に、その時に選択されているアイコンより手前に表示されていたアイコンが順次消去され、最終的に図12(b)下に例示するようにアイコン73が一番手前に表示される。なお図12(b)に例示する場合において、例えば遠方の位置に表示されているアイコン73が、例えばタッチパネルが用いられることにより直接選択される場合、第7実施例に係る画面遷移としては、選択されたアイコン73の直下に選択マークSMが一気に移動すると共に、選択されたアイコン73より手前に表示されていたアイコン70乃至72が一度に消去されて図12(b)下に例示するアイコン列表示となる。 Further, as another example of the icon row display according to the seventh embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 12B, the selection mark SM and the display area DA are displayed as a result of the icon 70 being selected. When the icon 73 is newly selected, the selection mark SM and the display area DA for the icon 73 are displayed as shown in the lower part of FIG. The icons 70 to 72 displayed in front of the current position of the vehicle from the icon 73 are all erased, and the icon row display contents are sequentially changed so that the selected icon 73 is positioned in the foreground. It can be configured to transition to the near side. In this case, based on the distance from the current position of the vehicle and on which side the facility is located with respect to the road on which the vehicle moves, the position that displays farther than the original icon 79 Icons 79A to 79C indicating the presence are additionally displayed. The screen transition in this case is, for example, the icon movement control data (for screen transition) stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may acquire in the case of a column display (refer FIG. 3 step S5), and the display data generation part 3 moves and displays the icon 73 etc. using this control data (refer FIG. 3 step S11). Further, in the case illustrated in FIG. 12B, for example, when the icon 71 → the icon 72 is sequentially selected from the icon 70 displayed on the foremost side and the icon 73 to be selected is finally selected, As the screen transition according to the seventh embodiment, the selection mark SM is sequentially displayed immediately below the icon 70 etc. selected at that time, and is displayed in front of the icon selected at that time. The icons are sequentially deleted, and finally the icon 73 is displayed in the forefront as illustrated in the lower part of FIG. In the case illustrated in FIG. 12B, for example, when the icon 73 displayed at a distant position is directly selected by using, for example, a touch panel, the screen transition according to the seventh embodiment is selected. The selection mark SM moves immediately below the selected icon 73, and the icons 70 to 72 displayed in front of the selected icon 73 are erased at once, and the icon row display illustrated in the lower part of FIG. It becomes.
 更に、第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示の他の例として、例えば図12(a)に例示するアイコン70が選択された場合に、当該選択されたアイコン70によりその存在が表示されている施設が位置する道路の側と反対側にある施設について、これらの存在を示すアイコンの視認性を落とすように構成することもできる。 Furthermore, as another example of icon row display according to the seventh embodiment, for example, when the icon 70 illustrated in FIG. 12A is selected, the facility whose presence is displayed by the selected icon 70 is displayed. The facility on the opposite side of the road where the is located can be configured to reduce the visibility of icons indicating the presence of these facilities.
 より具体的に例えば、図13(a)に例示するように、表示データ生成部3により、当該反対側にある施設の存在を表示するアイコンを、薄く視認性を落としたアイコン71-1、74-1、77-1及び78-1に入れ換えるように構成することができる。この場合のアイコン71-1、74-1、77-1及び78-1を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aは、例えば図2(b)に例示するアイコン表示用データ1Aとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。 More specifically, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 13A, the display data generation unit 3 uses icons 71-1, 74 that display the existence of facilities on the opposite side as thin icons with reduced visibility. -1, 77-1 and 78-1 can be configured. The icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 71-1, 74-1, 77-1 and 78-1 in this case is stored in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is stored in advance may be acquired and used for icon row display according to the seventh embodiment (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 また例えば、図13(b)に例示するように、表示データ生成部3により、当該反対側にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン71、74、77及び78の表示態様はそのままとし、選択されたアイコン70によりその存在が表示されている施設が位置している側と同じ側にある他の施設の存在を示すアイコン72、73、75、76及び79を、アイコン70と共に囲うようにした選択マークSSMを表示するように構成することができる。この場合の選択マークSSMを表示するためのデータも、例えば図2(b)に例示する付随情報表示用データ1Cとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。 Further, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 13B, the display data generation unit 3 selects the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 that indicate the existence of the facility on the opposite side as they are and selects them. A selection mark that surrounds icons 72, 73, 75, 76, and 79 indicating the presence of other facilities on the same side as the facility where the facility whose presence is displayed by icon 70 is located, together with icon 70 It can be configured to display SSM. The data for displaying the selection mark SSM in this case is also the icon string display according to the seventh embodiment that is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the accompanying information display data 1C illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. In this case, it is sufficient to obtain and use (see step S5 in FIG. 3).
 更に例えば、図13(c)に例示するように、表示データ生成部3により、当該反対側にある施設の存在を表示するアイコン71、74、77及び78を全て消去するように構成しても良い。 Further, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 13C, the display data generation unit 3 may be configured to delete all the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 that display the existence of the facility on the opposite side. good.
 また例えば、図13(d)に例示するように、表示データ生成部3により、選択されたアイコン70を含めて車両の現在位置から予め設定された距離より遠方にある施設の存在を表示するアイコンを、薄く視認性を落としたアイコン75-1乃至79-1に入れ換えるように構成することもできる。この場合のアイコン75-1乃至79-1を表示するためのアイコン表示用データ1Aも、例えば図2(b)に例示するアイコン表示用データ1Aとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い(図3ステップS5参照)。なお上記視認性を落としたアイコンに入れ換えるアイコンによりその存在が示される施設を、車両の現在位置から予め設定された移動時間に相当する位置より遠方にある施設とすることもできる。この場合の移動時間としては、例えば、車両の現在位置における平均速度から所定の算出方法により算出される移動時間を用いても良いし、或いは、当該現在位置の道路の法定速度から所定の算出方法により算出される移動時間を用いても良い。 For example, as illustrated in FIG. 13D, the display data generation unit 3 displays the presence of a facility far from a preset distance from the current position of the vehicle including the selected icon 70. Can be configured to be replaced with thin icons 75-1 to 79-1. In this case, the icon display data 1A for displaying the icons 75-1 to 79-1 is also stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the icon display data 1A illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. What is necessary is just to acquire and use in the icon row display which concerns on 7 Example (refer FIG.3 step S5). The facility whose presence is indicated by the icon replaced with the icon with reduced visibility may be a facility far from a position corresponding to a preset travel time from the current position of the vehicle. As the travel time in this case, for example, the travel time calculated by a predetermined calculation method from the average speed at the current position of the vehicle may be used, or the predetermined calculation method from the legal speed of the road at the current position. The travel time calculated by may be used.
 更に第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示におけるアイコンの選択処理においては、車両が移動する車線に対して反対の車線に沿って存在する施設の選択について、例えば中央分離帯の存在により当該反対車線に移動することができない場合等を考慮して選択順序を設定することが可能である。より具体的に図14に例示するように、反対車線側に四つのガソリンスタンドがあり、その存在を示すアイコン70、72、75及び76が表示されているが、例えば中央分離帯の存在等により、実際に(Uターン等することにより)車両が到達するために必要な距離の大小関係は、
 アイコン70によりその存在が表示されている「Aガソリン」のガソリンスタンド>アイコン75によりその存在が表示されている「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンド>アイコン72によりその存在が表示されている「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンド>アイコン76によりその存在が表示されている「Dガソリン」のガソリンスタンド
 の関係である(即ち、アイコン75及び72によりそれぞれその存在が表示されている「Cガソリン」のガソリンスタンドの位置に例えば中央分離帯がある)とする。この場合に図14最上段に例示するようにアイコン70から始めて選択操作を繰り返した場合、選択されるアイコンの順(即ち、選択マークSMが表示されて情報等が表示領域DA(図14において図示を省略する)内に表示される施設の順)は、図14に例示するように、
 アイコン70→アイコン75→アイコン72→アイコン76
 となるのである。
Furthermore, in the icon selection process in the icon row display according to the seventh embodiment, regarding the selection of facilities that exist along the opposite lane to the lane in which the vehicle moves, for example, the opposite lane due to the presence of a median strip. It is possible to set the selection order in consideration of the case where it cannot move. More specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 14, there are four gas stations on the opposite lane side and icons 70, 72, 75, and 76 indicating their existence are displayed. Actually, the relationship of the distance required for the vehicle to reach (by making a U-turn, etc.)
Gas station of “A gasoline” whose presence is indicated by icon 70> Gas station of “C gasoline” whose presence is indicated by icon 75> “C gasoline” whose presence is indicated by icon 72 Gas station> The position of the gas station of “D gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icon 76 (ie, the position of the gas station of “C gasoline” whose presence is indicated by the icons 75 and 72, respectively) For example, there is a median strip). In this case, when the selection operation is repeated starting from the icon 70 as illustrated in the uppermost part of FIG. 14, the order of the selected icons (that is, the selection mark SM is displayed and information and the like are displayed in the display area DA (shown in FIG. 14). The order of the facilities displayed in) is as shown in FIG.
Icon 70 → Icon 75 → Icon 72 → Icon 76
It becomes.
 なお、図14に例示する場合においては、反対車線に沿って存在する施設の選択について第7実施例に係るアイコンの選択処理を適用した場合について説明したが、これ以外に、車両が移動する車線に沿って存在する施設であって、例えば交通規制等により迂回して到達しなければならない施設がある場合について、第7実施例を適用することもできる。この場合は、例えば当該迂回路に沿った順でアイコンが選択されることになる。 In the case illustrated in FIG. 14, the case where the icon selection process according to the seventh embodiment is applied to the selection of the facility existing along the opposite lane has been described, but in addition to this, the lane in which the vehicle moves The seventh embodiment can also be applied to a case where there is a facility that exists along the route and has to be detoured due to traffic regulations or the like. In this case, for example, icons are selected in the order along the detour.
 また第7実施例に係るアイコン列表示におけるアイコンの選択処理においては、例えば図12(a)に例示する場合において、アイコン選択用の図示しないカーソルを、道路の右側に並んで表示されているアイコン上だけ動かす、即ち、アイコン70→アイコン72→アイコン73→アイコン75→アイコン76と選択するように構成することもできる。そしてこのとき、道路の反対側(この場合は左側)に表示されているアイコン71、アイコン74、アイコン77及びアイコン78の視認性を落として表示するように構成することもできる。このように構成すると、カーソルを表示上手前から奥に向けて順次アイコン上を移動させて選択するとき、例えば、図12(a)の場合でアイコン70→アイコン71→アイコン72→アイコン74→…と、左右ジグザグに選択されることが回避されるので、当該ジグザグ状の選択により、その選択の都度、左右のアイコンの視認性が切り替わる(より具体的には、例えばちらつくように見えてしまう)ことを防止することができる。 In the icon selection process in the icon row display according to the seventh embodiment, for example, in the case illustrated in FIG. 12A, an icon (not shown) for icon selection is displayed side by side on the right side of the road. It can also be configured to move only upward, that is, select icon 70 → icon 72 → icon 73 → icon 75 → icon 76. At this time, the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 displayed on the opposite side (in this case, the left side) of the road may be displayed with reduced visibility. With this configuration, when selecting the icons by moving the cursor sequentially from the front of the display toward the back, for example, in the case of FIG. 12A, the icon 70 → the icon 71 → the icon 72 → the icon 74 → ... Therefore, the right and left icons are switched in visibility each time the selection is made (more specifically, for example, it appears to flicker). This can be prevented.
 以上説明したように、第7実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、アイコンを選択するに当たって選択マークSMを表示するので、現在選択されているアイコンがどれであるか、爾後に選択されるアイコンがどれであるか、及び当該選択されたアイコンについての情報を、それぞれより直感的且つ即時に認識することができることで、当該アイコンの選択に係る視認性、認識性を向上させて使用者の負担を軽減することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the seventh embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, the selection mark is used for selecting an icon. Since SM is displayed, it is more intuitive and immediate to recognize which icon is currently selected, which icon will be selected later, and information about the selected icon. By being able to do so, the visibility and recognizability related to the selection of the icon can be improved and the burden on the user can be reduced.
 また図12乃至図14に例示するように、車両の位置に最も近い施設等を示すアイコン70以外のアイコン71等が選択されたとき現在位置マークPMを非表示とするので、車両の位置から見て遠方にある施設等が選択されていることを直感的に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIGS. 12 to 14, when the icon 71 other than the icon 70 indicating the facility closest to the vehicle position is selected, the current position mark PM is not displayed. It is possible to intuitively recognize that a facility or the like located far away is selected.
 更に図12(b)に例示するように、車両の位置に最も近い施設等を示すアイコン70以外のアイコン73が選択されたとき、選択されたアイコン73を車両に最も近い位置に相当する表示位置に表示するので、選択されたアイコン73により示される施設等をより直感的に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 12B, when an icon 73 other than the icon 70 indicating the facility closest to the position of the vehicle is selected, the display position corresponding to the position closest to the vehicle is the selected icon 73. Therefore, the facility or the like indicated by the selected icon 73 can be recognized more intuitively.
 更にまた図12(b)に例示するように、車両の位置から見て選択されたアイコン73により示される施設等より遠方にある他の施設等を示すアイコン74等を、アイコン73の選択前の表示位置から、より近い位置に相当する表示位置に表示するので、選択されたアイコン73により示される施設等よりも車両の現在位置から見て遠方にある施設等を、より直感的に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 12B, an icon 74 indicating another facility far away from the facility indicated by the icon 73 selected from the position of the vehicle is displayed before the icon 73 is selected. Since a display position corresponding to a position closer to the display position is displayed, the facility far away from the current position of the vehicle is more intuitively recognized than the facility indicated by the selected icon 73. Can do.
 また図12(b)に例示するように、ディスプレイ6上の表示位置が移動されたアイコン73乃至アイコン79が表示されていた表示位置に、より遠方にある更に他の施設等を示すアイコン79A乃至アイコン79Cを表示するので、表示位置が移動された施設等よりも更に遠方にある他の施設等を、直感的且つ即時に峻別して認識させることができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 12B, icons 79A to 79A indicating other facilities and the like that are further away from the display positions where the icons 73 to 79 whose display positions have been moved on the display 6 are displayed. Since the icon 79C is displayed, other facilities farther away than the facility whose display position has been moved can be discriminated intuitively and immediately.
 更に図13(a)乃至図13(c)に例示するように、選択されたアイコン70により示される施設等の反対側にある施設等を示すアイコン71-1等の視認性を、選択されたアイコン70の視認性よりも低減させる場合には、選択されたアイコン70により示される施設等を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 13A to FIG. 13C, the visibility of the icon 71-1 indicating the facility on the opposite side of the facility indicated by the selected icon 70 is selected. In the case of reducing the visibility of the icon 70, the facility or the like indicated by the selected icon 70 can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 更にまた図13(a)乃至図13(c)に例示するように、道路の反対側にある施設等を示すアイコン71、アイコン74、アイコン77及びアイコン78の視認性を、選択されたアイコン70により示される施設等がある道路の側にある他の施設等を示すアイコン72、アイコン73、アイコン75、アイコン76及びアイコン79の視認性よりも低減させる場合には、選択されたアイコン70により示される施設等がある道路の側にある他の施設等をも、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIGS. 13A to 13C, the visibility of the icons 71, 74, 77, and 78 indicating the facility on the opposite side of the road is determined by the selected icon 70. When the visibility of the icon 72, icon 73, icon 75, icon 76, and icon 79 indicating other facilities on the road side is reduced, the icon 70 indicated by the selected icon 70 indicates It is possible to more intuitively and immediately recognize other facilities on the side of the road where the facility is located.
 また図13(c)に例示するように、道路の反対側にある施設等を示すアイコン71等を非表示とする場合には、選択された地物指標により示される地物をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 13C, when the icon 71 indicating the facility on the opposite side of the road is hidden, the feature indicated by the selected feature index is more intuitive and It can be recognized immediately.
 更にまた図13(d)に例示するように、選択されたアイコン70により示される地物の位置(換言すれば、車両の現在位置)から見て既定の距離又は移動時間以上の位置にある他の施設等を示すアイコン75-1乃至アイコン79-1の視認性を、選択されたアイコン70の視認性よりも低減するので、選択されたアイコン70により示される施設等に近い施設等を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 13 (d), other than the predetermined distance or the moving time as seen from the position of the feature indicated by the selected icon 70 (in other words, the current position of the vehicle). The visibility of the icons 75-1 to 79-1 indicating the facilities etc. is reduced as compared with the visibility of the selected icon 70. Intuitive and immediate recognition.
 また図14に例示するように、複数の施設等をそれぞれ示す複数のアイコン70、アイコン72、アイコン75及びアイコン76が順次選択された場合に、各施設等に到達するまでに必要な実際の移動距離に応じた順序により各施設等を示す各アイコン72及びアイコン75の選択を切り換えるので、実際の移動距離に応じた感覚で地物を認識することができる。
(VIII)第8実施例
 最後に、実施形態に対応する更に他の実施例である第8実施例について、図15乃至図18を用いて説明する。なお図15は第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例等を示す図であり、図16乃至図18は第8実施例に係るアイコンの表示例を示す図である。
Further, as illustrated in FIG. 14, when a plurality of icons 70, icons 72, icons 75, and icons 76 respectively indicating a plurality of facilities are sequentially selected, actual movements necessary to reach each facility etc. Since the selection of each icon 72 and icon 75 indicating each facility or the like is switched in the order according to the distance, the feature can be recognized with a sense corresponding to the actual moving distance.
(VIII) Eighth Example Finally, an eighth example, which is still another example corresponding to the embodiment, will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 18. FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an icon display example according to the eighth embodiment, and FIGS. 16 to 18 are diagrams showing icon display examples according to the eighth embodiment.
 また、第8実施例に係るナビゲーション装置のハードウェア的な構成及びアイコン列表示ための処理は、基本的には第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSのハードウェア的な構成及び図3を用いて説明した処理と同様のものである。よって図15乃至図18においては、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSの構成(図2参照)及びアイコン列表示(図4参照)と同一の構成について、同一の部材番号を付して細部の説明は省略する。 Also, the hardware configuration of the navigation device according to the eighth embodiment and the processing for displaying the icon string basically use the hardware configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment and FIG. The processing is similar to that described. Accordingly, in FIGS. 15 to 18, the same components as those in the configuration of the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) and the icon row display (see FIG. 4) are denoted by the same member numbers. Description is omitted.
 上述した第1実施例では、車両の現在位置からの距離について、車両が爾後に移動する道路に沿った施設等についてのアイコンを表示するアイコン列表示について説明した。これに対して以下に説明する第8実施例は、当該道路に分岐点があった場合のアイコン等の表示態様を説明する実施例である。 In the first embodiment described above, the icon row display for displaying the icons about the facilities along the road on which the vehicle moves after the vehicle has been described with respect to the distance from the current position of the vehicle. On the other hand, the eighth embodiment described below is an embodiment for explaining the display mode of icons and the like when there is a branch point on the road.
 第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、その前提として、車両が現在位置から移動する道路上に一又は複数の分岐点がある。なおこの分岐点は、基本的には、上記探索ルート又は推定ルートデータにより示されるルートとは無関係に、当該探索ルート上に(偶然)ある分岐点である。このとき、爾後に実行される新たなルートの探索の結果として、当該分岐点が、例えば新たに探索された探索ルート内の案内点の一つとなる場合はあり得る。そして第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示においては、例えば図15(a)に例示するように、現在位置マークPMにより示される車両の現在位置(実際の現在位置)から見て、(現実の)道路Rに沿って例えば(現実の)ガソリンスタンドSD1乃至SD6が存在している。これに加えて第8実施例では、ガソリンスタンドSD2とガソリンスタンドSD5の間に左折可能な(現実の)分岐点C1があり、またガソリンスタンドSD3とガソリンスタンドSD4の間に右折可能な(現実の)分岐点C2があるとする。 In the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, as a premise thereof, there are one or a plurality of branch points on the road on which the vehicle moves from the current position. This branch point is basically a branch point on the searched route (accidentally) regardless of the route indicated by the searched route or the estimated route data. At this time, as a result of the search for a new route executed after the departure, the branch point may be one of guide points in the newly searched search route, for example. In the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, as illustrated in, for example, FIG. 15A, when viewed from the current position (actual current position) of the vehicle indicated by the current position mark PM (actual) For example, (real) gas stations SD1 to SD6 exist along the road R. In addition to this, in the eighth embodiment, there is a (actual) branch point C1 that can be turned left between the gas station SD2 and the gas station SD5, and a right turn is possible between the gas station SD3 and the gas station SD4 (actual). Suppose that there is a branch point C2.
 この前提において第8実施例に係るアイコン表示処理が実行された場合、ディスプレイ6には、図15(b)に一態様を例示するように、第1実施例の場合(図4参照)と同様の道路マークRM、現在位置マークPM及び距離マークDLと、車両の現在位置からの各距離に対応した上記ガソリンスタンドSD1乃至SD6の存在を表示するアイコン80乃至85と、が、表示データ生成部3により表示される。これに加えて第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示では、図15(a)に例示する分岐点C1の位置を示すアイコン列表示内の位置に、左折可能な当該分岐点C1の存在を示す分岐点マークLMKが表示データ生成部3により表示される。更に第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示では、図15(a)に例示する分岐点C2の位置を示すアイコン列表示内の位置に、右折可能な当該分岐点C2の存在を示す分岐点マークRMKが表示データ生成部3により表示される。これらに加えて第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示では、分岐点マークLMKの傍に、当該分岐点マークLMKによりその存在が示される分岐点C1を仮に左折した場合に、その先の所定距離内にあるガソリンスタンド(即ち、現在アイコン列表示における表示対象となっているカテゴリに属する施設)の数を示す数マークLLが表示データ生成部3により表示される。またこれと同様に、分岐点マークRMKの傍には、当該分岐点マークRMKによりその存在が示される分岐点C2を仮に右折した場合に、その先の所定距離内にあるガソリンスタンドの数を示す数マークLRが表示データ生成部3により表示される。これらの分岐点マークRMK及びLMK並びに数マークLL及びLRをそれぞれ表示するためのデータは、例えば図2(b)に例示する分岐先表示用データ1Eとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているものを、第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いる(図3ステップS5参照)。また、当該分岐点C1及びC2自体の位置を示す位置情報並びに分岐先におけるガソリンスタンドの数を示す情報については、例えば地図データベースMDBに予め含まれている情報を用いることができる。ここで、当該「数」としては、例えば、各分岐先における分岐点C1又はC2から所定距離内にあるガソリンスタンドの数を用いても良いし、或いは、分岐点C1又はC2から次の分岐点までの間にあるガソリンスタンドの数を用いても良い。なおこれらの情報を、例えば上記ネットワークを介して外部のサーバ装置等から取得するように構成することもできる。 When the icon display process according to the eighth embodiment is executed under this premise, the display 6 is similar to the case of the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) as illustrated in FIG. 15B. Road data RM, current position mark PM and distance mark DL, and icons 80 to 85 for displaying the existence of the gas stations SD1 to SD6 corresponding to the distances from the current position of the vehicle. Is displayed. In addition to this, in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, a branch indicating the existence of the branch point C1 that can turn left is located at a position in the icon row display indicating the position of the branch point C1 illustrated in FIG. The point mark LMK is displayed by the display data generation unit 3. Furthermore, in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, a branch point mark RMK indicating the presence of the right branch point C2 at the position in the icon row display indicating the position of the branch point C2 illustrated in FIG. Is displayed by the display data generation unit 3. In addition to these, in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, if the turn point C1 whose presence is indicated by the branch point mark LMK is turned to the left beside the branch point mark LMK, it is within a predetermined distance ahead. The display data generation unit 3 displays a number mark LL indicating the number of gasoline stations (that is, facilities belonging to the category that is currently displayed in the icon row display). Similarly, when the right turn is made at the branch point C2 indicated by the branch point mark RMK by the branch point mark RMK, the number of gas stations within the predetermined distance is indicated next to the branch point mark RMK. The number mark LR is displayed by the display data generation unit 3. The data for displaying the branch point marks RMK and LMK and the number marks LL and LR, respectively, is stored in advance in the storage unit 1 as the branch destination display data 1E illustrated in FIG. 2B, for example. They are acquired and used for icon row display according to the eighth embodiment (see step S5 in FIG. 3). For example, information included in advance in the map database MDB can be used as the position information indicating the positions of the branch points C1 and C2 and the information indicating the number of gas stations at the branch destination. Here, as the “number”, for example, the number of gas stations within a predetermined distance from the branch point C1 or C2 at each branch destination may be used, or the next branch point from the branch point C1 or C2 may be used. You may use the number of gas stations in between. Note that these pieces of information can be acquired from an external server device or the like via the network, for example.
 なお、第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示としては、図15(a)に例示する立体的なアイコン列表示の他に、第1実施例に係るアイコン表示処理として図4(b)及び図4(c)を用いて説明した場合と同様に、例えば図16(a)(縦表示)又は図16(b)(横表示)に例示する平面的なアイコン列表示とすることも可能である。これらの場合、一端に現在位置マークPMが付加されている道路マークRMの両側(図16(a)に例示する場合は左右であり、図16(b)に例示する場合は上下)に、それぞれにより存在が表示される施設の位置と、車両の現在位置と、の距離に対応した位置にアイコン80A乃至85Aが表示される。これに加えて、第8実施例に係る分岐点マークLMK及びRMK並びに数マークLL及びRLが、図16(a)及び図16(b)に示す位置に、それぞれ表示される。これら分岐点マークLMK及びRMK並びに数マークLL及びRLが示す意味は、図15(b)を用いて説明した場合と同一である。 In addition, as icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, in addition to the three-dimensional icon row display illustrated in FIG. 15A, as icon display processing according to the first embodiment, FIGS. 4B and 4B. Similarly to the case described with reference to (c), for example, a flat icon row display illustrated in FIG. 16A (vertical display) or FIG. 16B (horizontal display) may be used. In these cases, on both sides of the road mark RM to which the current position mark PM is added at one end (left and right in the case of FIG. 16A, up and down in the case of FIG. 16B), respectively. The icons 80A to 85A are displayed at positions corresponding to the distance between the location of the facility whose presence is displayed and the current position of the vehicle. In addition, the branch point marks LMK and RMK and the number marks LL and RL according to the eighth embodiment are displayed at the positions shown in FIGS. 16 (a) and 16 (b), respectively. The meanings of these branch point marks LMK and RMK and the number marks LL and RL are the same as those described with reference to FIG.
 また、図16(a)及び図16(b)を用いて説明した平面的なアイコン列表示の場合に、例えば図17(a)(縦表示)及び図17(b)(横表示)に例示するように、表示データ生成部3が、平面的な道路マークRMに対して、分岐点C1及び分岐点C2を経由した分岐後の道路をそれぞれ示す道路マークRMを追加し、当該分岐点C1及び分岐点C2に対応する道路マークRMの位置に数マークLL及び数マークRLのみを表示するように構成することもできる。この場合には、分岐点マークLMK及び分岐点マークRMKはいずれも表示されない。 Further, in the case of the planar icon row display described with reference to FIGS. 16A and 16B, examples are shown in FIG. 17A (vertical display) and FIG. 17B (horizontal display). As described above, the display data generation unit 3 adds road marks RM indicating roads after branching via the branch point C1 and the branch point C2 to the planar road mark RM, and the branch point C1 and It may be configured to display only the number mark LL and the number mark RL at the position of the road mark RM corresponding to the branch point C2. In this case, neither the branch point mark LMK nor the branch point mark RMK is displayed.
 更にこの他に、例えば図17(c)に例示するように、第8実施例に係る立体的なアイコン列表示において、分岐点マークRMK及び分岐点マークLMKによりその存在が表示される分岐点C1及び分岐点C2より遠方に、その時点で表示対象となっているカテゴリに属する施設が存在しない場合であって、当該分岐点C1又は分岐点C2から分岐した先に当該カテゴリに属する施設がある場合、その数を数マークRL及び数マークLLとして表示しつつ、例えばその数が多い方の分岐点の存在を示す分岐点マークLMKを表示データ生成部3が例えば点滅等させることにより、ルート変更(図17(c)に例示する場合は左折)をナビゲーション装置SSの使用者に勧めるように構成してもよい。この場合の点滅表示は、例えば図2(b)に例示する表示制御用データ1Bとして記憶部1に予め記憶されているアイコン点滅用の制御データを第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得し(図3ステップS5参照)、この制御データを用いて表示データ生成部3が分岐点マークLMKを点滅させて表示する(図3ステップS11参照)ように構成すれば良い。 In addition to this, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 17C, in the three-dimensional icon array display according to the eighth embodiment, the branch point C1 whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK. When there is no facility that belongs to the category that is the display target at that time and is far from the branch point C2, and there is a facility that belongs to the category after branching from the branch point C1 or the branch point C2. While displaying the number as the number mark RL and the number mark LL, for example, the display data generation unit 3 blinks, for example, the branch point mark LMK indicating the presence of the branch point with the larger number, thereby changing the route ( A left turn in the case illustrated in FIG. 17C may be recommended to the user of the navigation device SS. The blinking display in this case is obtained by, for example, obtaining icon blinking control data stored in the storage unit 1 in advance as the display control data 1B illustrated in FIG. (See step S5 in FIG. 3) The display data generation unit 3 may be configured to blink the branch point mark LMK using this control data (see step S11 in FIG. 3).
 更に他の例として、例えば図18(a)に例示するように、第8実施例に係る立体的なアイコン列表示において、分岐点マークRMK及び分岐点マークLMKによりその存在が表示される分岐点C1及び分岐点C2で左折又は右折した方が、そのまま直進するよりも表示対象のカテゴリに属する施設が多い場合(図18(a)に例示する場合は、分岐点マークLMKによりその存在が示される分岐点C1で左折した方が、表示対象であるガソリンスタンドの数が直進するよりも多いとされている)、当該分岐点マークLMKを図18(a)において分岐点マークLMK-1として例示するように点滅表示等させることにより、ルート変更(図18(a)に例示する場合は左折)をナビゲーション装置SSの使用者に勧めるように構成してもよい。この場合の点滅表示も、上記アイコン点滅用の制御データを第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い。 As still another example, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 18A, in the three-dimensional icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, the branch point whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK. If there are more facilities that belong to the category to be displayed when turning left or right at C1 and branch point C2 than when going straight ahead, the presence of the facility is indicated by a branch point mark LMK in the case illustrated in FIG. It is said that the left turn at the branch point C1 is more than the number of gasoline stations to be displayed is going straight ahead), and the branch point mark LMK is illustrated as the branch point mark LMK-1 in FIG. In this way, it is possible to recommend the user of the navigation apparatus SS to change the route (left turn in the case of FIG. There. The blinking display in this case may be obtained by using the icon blinking control data in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment.
 更には、例えば図18(b)に例示するように、第8実施例に係る立体的なアイコン列表示において、分岐点マークRMK及び分岐点マークLMKによりその存在が表示される分岐点C1及び分岐点C2で左折又は右折した方が、そのまま直進するよりも表示対象のカテゴリに属する施設に早く到達できる場合(図18(b)に例示する場合は、分岐点マークRMKによりその存在が示される分岐点C2で右折した方が、表示対象であるガソリンスタンドに直進するよりも早く到達できるとされている)、当該分岐点マークRMKを図18(b)において分岐点マークRMK-1として例示するように点滅表示等させることにより、ルート変更(図18(b)に例示する場合は右折)をナビゲーション装置SSの使用者に勧めるように構成してもよい。この場合の点滅表示も、上記アイコン点滅用の制御データを第8実施例に係るアイコン列表示に当たって取得して用いれば良い。 Furthermore, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 18B, in the three-dimensional icon row display according to the eighth embodiment, the branch point C1 and the branch whose presence is displayed by the branch point mark RMK and the branch point mark LMK. When the left or right turn at the point C2 can reach the facility belonging to the display target category earlier than when going straight ahead (in the case illustrated in FIG. 18B, the branch indicated by the branch point mark RMK) It is said that turning right at the point C2 can reach the display station faster than going straight to the display station), and the branch point mark RMK is illustrated as the branch point mark RMK-1 in FIG. 18B. It is configured so as to encourage the user of the navigation device SS to change the route (in the example illustrated in FIG. 18B, turn right) by blinking the display. It may be. The blinking display in this case may be obtained by using the icon blinking control data in the icon row display according to the eighth embodiment.
 なお、右折又は左折後の施設の存在(数ではなく、分岐後にその施設が存在するか否か)を表示する点では、上記数データRL及び数データLLは必ずしも必要ではなく、当該存在の有無を明示できる表示態様(例えば対応する分岐点マークLMK等を点滅表示や拡大表示する等)で分岐点マークLMK等を表示するのみとしても良い。 In addition, the number data RL and the number data LL are not necessarily required in the point that the existence of the facility after the right turn or the left turn (not the number but the existence of the facility after the branch) is displayed. The branch point mark LMK or the like may be displayed only in a display mode that can clearly indicate (for example, the corresponding branch point mark LMK or the like is blinked or enlarged).
 以上説明したように、第8実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理によれば、第1実施例に係るナビゲーション装置SSにおけるアイコン表示処理による作用効果に加えて、道路に分岐があるとき、その分岐点の位置に相当するディスプレイ6上の表示位置に分岐点マークLMK等を表示すると共に、数マークLL等を分岐点マークLMK等に対応する表示位置に表示するので、分岐点の位置及び分岐先における施設等の有無を直感的且つ即時に認識することができるため、例えば、表示対象とされているカテゴリに属する施設がない道路に車両が進入することを防止できると共に、より有用な(即ち、選択肢としての施設の数が多い)ルートをより直感的且つ即時に使用者に提示することができる。 As described above, according to the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the eighth embodiment, in addition to the operational effects of the icon display process in the navigation device SS according to the first embodiment, The branch point mark LMK and the like are displayed at the display position on the display 6 corresponding to the position of the branch point, and the number mark LL and the like are displayed at the display position corresponding to the branch point mark LMK and the like. Since the presence or absence of facilities at the branch destination can be recognized intuitively and immediately, for example, the vehicle can be prevented from entering a road that does not have a facility belonging to the category that is the display target, and more useful ( In other words, the route can be presented to the user more intuitively and immediately.
 また図15(b)等に例示するように、分岐方向を示す矢印が分岐点マークLMK等に含ませる場合には、分岐方向をより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 15B and the like, when the arrow indicating the branch direction is included in the branch point mark LMK or the like, the branch direction can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 更に図17に例示するように、分岐先の道路を示す道路マークRMにより分岐を表示する場合には、分岐であることをより直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 17, when a branch is displayed by a road mark RM indicating a branch destination road, it can be more intuitively and immediately recognized that the branch is a branch.
 更にまた図15(b)乃至図18に例示するように、分岐先における施設等の数を示す数マークLL等を表示する場合には、分岐先における当該数を直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIGS. 15B to 18, when displaying the number mark LL indicating the number of facilities at the branch destination, the number at the branch destination is recognized intuitively and immediately. Can do.
 また現在表示されているアイコン80等により示される施設等と同じカテゴリに属する施設等の分岐先における数を示す数マークLL等を表示する場合には、同じカテゴリに属する施設等の分岐先における数を直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 When a number mark LL indicating the number of facilities belonging to the same category as the facility indicated by the currently displayed icon 80 or the like is displayed, the number at the branch destination of facilities belonging to the same category Can be recognized intuitively and immediately.
 更に図18(a)に例示するように、分岐先の道路を移動した方が施設等の数が多い場合、当該施設等の数が多い分岐を示す分岐点マークLMK-1の視認性を、アイコン80の視認性又は他の分岐点マークRMKの視認性よりも高めるので、使用者にとってより都合の良い分岐を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 18 (a), when the number of facilities and the like is larger on the branch destination road, the visibility of the branch point mark LMK-1 indicating a branch having a large number of such facilities is determined. Since the visibility of the icon 80 or the visibility of the other branch point mark RMK is enhanced, a more convenient branch for the user can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 更にまた図17(c)に例示するように、車両の現在位置から見て分岐より遠方にある道路に沿った施設等がない場合、当該分岐を示す分岐点マークLMK等の視認性をアイコン80の視認性及び他の分岐点マークRMKの視認性よりも高めるので、使用者にとってより都合の良い分岐を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 17C, when there is no facility along the road far from the branch when viewed from the current position of the vehicle, the visibility of the branch point mark LMK or the like indicating the branch is indicated by an icon 80. Therefore, it is possible to recognize a more convenient branch for the user more intuitively and immediately.
 また図18(b)に例示するように、分岐先の道路を移動した方が所望の施設等に早く到達できる場合、当該施設等に早く到達できる分岐先の道路に対応する分岐点マークRMKの視認性を、アイコン83の視認性又は他の分岐点マークLMKの視認性よりも高めるので、使用者にとってより都合の良い分岐先を、より直感的且つ即時に認識することができる。 In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 18B, when the person who moved on the branch destination road can reach the desired facility or the like earlier, the branch point mark RMK corresponding to the branch destination road that can reach the facility or the like earlier can be obtained. Since the visibility is higher than the visibility of the icon 83 or the visibility of the other branch point mark LMK, a branch destination that is more convenient for the user can be recognized more intuitively and immediately.
 なお、上述した第8実施例においては、アイコン列表示がされることを前提とした実施例について説明したが、本願はこれに限らず、アイコン列表示がされない場合において、移動予定の道路に分岐があるとき、その分岐点の位置に相当するディスプレイ6上の表示位置に分岐点マークLMK等を表示すると共に、数マークLL等を分岐点マークLMK等に対応する表示位置に表示するように構成してもよい。この場合でも、分岐点の位置及び分岐先における施設等の有無を直感的且つ即時に認識することができるため、表示対象とされているカテゴリに属する施設がない道路に車両が進入することを防止できると共に、より有用なルートをより直感的且つ即時に使用者に提示することができる。 In the above-described eighth embodiment, the embodiment has been described on the assumption that the icon row is displayed. However, the present application is not limited to this, and when the icon row is not displayed, it branches to the road to be moved. When there is, a branch point mark LMK or the like is displayed at a display position on the display 6 corresponding to the position of the branch point, and a number mark LL or the like is displayed at a display position corresponding to the branch point mark LMK or the like. May be. Even in this case, the position of the branch point and the presence or absence of facilities at the branch destination can be recognized intuitively and immediately, preventing the vehicle from entering a road that does not have a facility belonging to the category that is the display target. In addition, more useful routes can be presented to the user more intuitively and immediately.
 なお、上述した各実施例では、本願に係る「地物指標」の一例として画像としてのアイコンを用いたが、これ以外に、画像データ以外の文字データや記号データ等からなる指標を、各実施例に係るアイコンに代えて表示する場合に本願を適用することもできる。 In each of the above-described embodiments, an icon as an image is used as an example of the “feature index” according to the present application. However, in addition to this, an index including character data, symbol data, and the like other than image data is used for each implementation. The present application can also be applied to display in place of the icon according to the example.
 また、上述した各実施例では、図2に例示するナビゲーション装置SSにおいて各実施例に係るアイコン列表示を完結して実行する構成としたが、これ以外に、例えば図19に例示するように、各実施例に係る記憶部1をネットワーク上のサーバ装置92内に置き、当該サーバ装置92に備えられた通信部91とナビゲーション装置SS1に備えられた通信部90との間で上記ネットワークを介してデータの授受を行いつつ、各実施例に係るアイコン列表示を行うように構成することもできる。この場合には、ナビゲーション装置SS1として必要な記憶容量を大幅に縮小して当該ナビゲーション装置SS1自体を例えば安価に製造/販売することができることになる。 Moreover, in each Example mentioned above, it was set as the structure which completes and performs the icon row display which concerns on each Example in the navigation apparatus SS illustrated in FIG. 2, but as shown in FIG. The storage unit 1 according to each embodiment is placed in the server device 92 on the network, and the communication unit 91 provided in the server device 92 and the communication unit 90 provided in the navigation device SS1 are connected via the network. It can also be configured to perform icon row display according to each embodiment while exchanging data. In this case, the storage capacity necessary for the navigation device SS1 can be greatly reduced, and the navigation device SS1 itself can be manufactured / sold at a low cost, for example.
 更に上述した各実施例においては、ナビゲーション装置SS又はナビゲーション装置SS1に対して本願を適用した場合について説明したが、これ以外に、例えば、車両に搭乗している使用者が携帯する情報端末のディスプレイ上において各実施例に係るアイコン列表示を行う場合に本願を適用することも可能である。この場合には、各実施例に係る処理部2及び表示データ生成部3は当該情報端末内に備えられている必要はなく、例えばネットワークを介して当該情報端末に接続されているサーバ装置内に当該処理部2及び表示データ生成部3を備えさせ、当該表示データ生成部3において生成された表示用のデータ等を、上記ネットワークを介して上記情報端末に送信して各実施例に係るアイコン列表示をその情報端末上において行わせれば良い。 Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the case where the present application is applied to the navigation device SS or the navigation device SS1 has been described. In addition to this, for example, a display of an information terminal carried by a user boarding a vehicle It is also possible to apply the present application when performing icon row display according to each embodiment above. In this case, the processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3 according to each embodiment do not need to be provided in the information terminal, for example, in a server device connected to the information terminal via a network. The processing unit 2 and the display data generation unit 3 are provided. The display data generated in the display data generation unit 3 is transmitted to the information terminal via the network, and the icon sequence according to each embodiment. The display may be performed on the information terminal.
 更にまた上述した各実施例において、ナビゲーション装置SS又はナビゲーション装置SS1における処理部2としての機能及び表示データ生成部3としての機能は、例えば、図3に示すフローチャートに対応するプログラムが処理部2のCPU及び表示データ生成部3により読み出されて実行されることにより、当該CPU又は表示データ生成部3において機能的に実現されるものであっても良い。このプログラムは、ネットワークNWを介して各ナビゲーション装置SS或いはナビゲーション装置SS1において取得されて実行されるように構成しても良いし、例えば光ディスク等に記録された当該プログラムを各装置の処理部2及び表示データ生成部3において読み出して実行するように構成することもできる。 Furthermore, in each embodiment described above, the function as the processing unit 2 and the function as the display data generation unit 3 in the navigation device SS or the navigation device SS1 are, for example, a program corresponding to the flowchart shown in FIG. It may be functionally realized in the CPU or the display data generation unit 3 by being read and executed by the CPU and the display data generation unit 3. This program may be configured to be acquired and executed in each navigation device SS or navigation device SS1 via the network NW. For example, the program recorded on an optical disc or the like is stored in the processing unit 2 of each device and The display data generation unit 3 can also be configured to read and execute.
 1  記憶部
 2  処理部
 2A  位置情報取得手段
 2B  距離情報取得手段
 2C  送信手段
 3  表示データ生成部(生成手段)
 4  操作部
 5  センサ部
 6  ディスプレイ
 1A  アイコン表示用データ
 1B  表示制御用データ
 1C  付随情報表示用データ
 1D  道路等表示用データ
 1E  分岐先表示用データ
 10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19  アイコン
 S  表示情報生成装置
 SS、SS1  ナビゲーション装置
 DDB  表示用データベース
 RM  道路マーク
 PM  現在位置マーク
 DL  距離マーク
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Memory | storage part 2 Processing part 2A Position information acquisition means 2B Distance information acquisition means 2C Transmission means 3 Display data generation part (generation means)
4 Operation section 5 Sensor section 6 Display 1A Icon display data 1B Display control data 1C Attached information display data 1D Road display data 1E Branch destination display data 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 Icon S Display information generator SS, SS1 Navigation device DDB Display database RM Road mark PM Current position mark DL Distance mark

Claims (10)

  1.  移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において、
     前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得手段と、
     前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得手段と、
     前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路の両側の前記地物を示す地物指標を、前記移動体の移動に伴う出現順に並べて前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成手段と、
     前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信手段と、
     を備え、
     前記生成手段は、前記移動路に沿った前記移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物である最終地物を示す前記地物指標である最終地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す前記地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    In a display information generating device that generates display information to be displayed on a display means that moves together with a moving body,
    Position information acquisition means for acquiring position information indicating the position of the moving body;
    Based on the acquired position information, distance information acquisition means for acquiring distance information indicating the distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves;
    Based on the acquired position information and distance information, the display information for displaying on the display means the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body. Generating means for generating;
    Transmitting means for transmitting and displaying the generated display information to the display means;
    With
    The generating means obtains a final feature index, which is the feature index indicating the final feature, which is the feature that appears last until the end of the movement along the movement path, as another feature. The display information generating apparatus for generating the display information for display on the display means so as to be identifiable from the feature index indicating
  2.  請求項1に記載の表示情報生成装置において、
     前記生成手段は、前記最終地物指標により示される前記地物が前記最終地物であることを示す付随指標を当該最終地物指標に含ませて前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    The display information generating device according to claim 1,
    The generating means includes the display information for displaying on the display means an accompanying indicator indicating that the feature indicated by the final feature indicator is the final feature. A display information generation device characterized by generating.
  3.  請求項1に記載の表示情報生成装置において、
     前記取得された位置情報に基づいて前記地物が前記移動路に沿って存在するか否かを判定する判定手段を更に備え、
     前記生成手段は、前記地物が存在しないと判定された範囲の前記移動路を示す道路指標を、当該地物が存在すると判定された範囲の前記移動路を示す道路指標とは相違する表示態様で前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    The display information generating device according to claim 1,
    A determination means for determining whether or not the feature exists along the moving path based on the acquired position information;
    The generation unit is configured to display a road index indicating the travel path in a range where it is determined that the feature does not exist different from a road index indicating the travel path in a range where the feature is present. The display information generation apparatus characterized by generating the display information to be displayed on the display means.
  4.  請求項3に記載の表示情報生成装置において、
     前記生成手段は、表示色の相違、実線を用いた前記道路指標の表示と実線以外の線を用いた前記道路指標の表示との相違、前記道路指標の点滅表示の有無による相違、又は前記地物が存在しない旨の文字情報の表示の有無による相違、のいずれかにより、前記表示態様の相違を表すための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    In the display information generating device according to claim 3,
    The generation means includes a display color difference, a difference between the display of the road index using a solid line and a display of the road index using a line other than a solid line, a difference due to the presence or absence of blinking display of the road index, or the ground A display information generation apparatus for generating the display information for representing a difference in the display mode based on any one of the differences depending on the presence / absence of display of character information indicating that no object exists.
  5.  請求項1に記載の表示情報生成装置において、
     前記移動路が、前記移動体の移動の目的地であって前記最終地物に相当する目的地までの予め設定された移動路である場合に、前記取得した位置情報及び当該目的地までの前記距離を示す前記距離情報に基づき、前記生成手段は、当該目的地を示す前記地物指標を前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    The display information generating device according to claim 1,
    When the moving path is a preset moving path to a destination corresponding to the final feature that is a destination of movement of the mobile body, the acquired position information and the destination to the destination Based on the distance information indicating a distance, the generation unit generates the display information for displaying the feature index indicating the destination on the display unit.
  6.  請求項1に記載の表示情報生成装置において、
     前記表示手段がヘッドアップディスプレイであることを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    The display information generating device according to claim 1,
    A display information generating apparatus, wherein the display means is a head-up display.
  7.  移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において、
     前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得手段と、
     前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得手段と、
     前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路に沿った移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物を示す地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成手段と、
     前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信手段と、
     を備えることを特徴とする表示情報生成装置。
    In a display information generating device that generates display information to be displayed on a display means that moves together with a moving body,
    Position information acquisition means for acquiring position information indicating the position of the moving body;
    Based on the acquired position information, distance information acquisition means for acquiring distance information indicating the distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves;
    Based on the acquired position information and distance information, the feature index indicating the feature that appears last until the end of the movement along the moving path is determined from the feature index indicating the other feature. Generating means for generating the display information for display on the display means in an identifiable manner;
    Transmitting means for transmitting and displaying the generated display information to the display means;
    A display information generating apparatus comprising:
  8.  請求項1から請求項5のいずれか一項に記載の表示情報生成装置に含まれるコンピュータを、
     前記位置情報取得手段、
     前記距離情報取得手段、
     前記生成手段、及び、
     前記送信手段、
     として機能させることを特徴とする表示情報生成用プログラム。
    A computer included in the display information generation device according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
    The position information acquisition means;
    The distance information acquisition means;
    The generating means; and
    The transmitting means;
    A display information generation program characterized in that it functions as a program.
  9.  請求項8に記載の前記表示情報生成用プログラムが、請求項8に記載の前記コンピュータにより読み取り可能に記録されていることを特徴とする情報記録媒体。 9. An information recording medium in which the display information generating program according to claim 8 is recorded so as to be readable by the computer according to claim 8.
  10.  移動体と共に移動する表示手段に表示する表示情報を生成する表示情報生成装置において実行される表示情報生成方法において、
     前記移動体の位置を示す位置情報を取得する位置情報取得工程と、
     前記取得された位置情報に基づいて、前記移動体が移動する移動路に沿って位置する地物の、前記移動体の位置からの距離を示す距離情報を取得する距離情報取得工程と、
     前記取得した位置情報及び距離情報に基づいて、前記移動路の両側の前記地物を示す地物指標を、前記移動体の移動に伴う出現順に並べて前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成する生成工程と、
     前記生成された表示情報を前記表示手段に送信して表示させる送信工程と、
     を含み、
     前記生成工程においては、前記移動路に沿った前記移動の終了までの間において最後に出現する前記地物である最終地物を示す前記地物指標である最終地物指標を、他の前記地物を示す前記地物指標から識別可能に前記表示手段に表示するための前記表示情報を生成することを特徴とする表示情報生成方法。
    In a display information generation method executed in a display information generation apparatus that generates display information to be displayed on a display unit that moves together with a moving body,
    A position information acquisition step of acquiring position information indicating the position of the moving body;
    Based on the acquired position information, a distance information acquisition step of acquiring distance information indicating a distance from the position of the moving body of the feature located along the moving path along which the moving body moves;
    Based on the acquired position information and distance information, the display information for displaying on the display means the feature indicators indicating the features on both sides of the moving path in order of appearance along with the movement of the moving body. A generation process to generate;
    A transmission step of transmitting and displaying the generated display information to the display means;
    Including
    In the generating step, the final feature index that is the feature index indicating the final feature that is the last feature that appears until the end of the movement along the movement path is changed to the other feature. A display information generation method for generating the display information for display on the display means in an identifiable manner from the feature index indicating an object.
PCT/JP2012/056435 2012-03-13 2012-03-13 Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium WO2013136449A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2012/056435 WO2013136449A1 (en) 2012-03-13 2012-03-13 Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2012/056435 WO2013136449A1 (en) 2012-03-13 2012-03-13 Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013136449A1 true WO2013136449A1 (en) 2013-09-19

Family

ID=49160418

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/056435 WO2013136449A1 (en) 2012-03-13 2012-03-13 Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013136449A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09178506A (en) * 1995-12-27 1997-07-11 Honda Motor Co Ltd Vehicle guide system
JPH1089981A (en) * 1996-09-17 1998-04-10 Mazda Motor Corp Navigation apparatus
JPH10281785A (en) * 1997-04-04 1998-10-23 Aisin Aw Co Ltd Navigation device for vehicle and medium storing computer program for navigation processing
JP2001174276A (en) * 1999-12-15 2001-06-29 Clarion Co Ltd System and method for car navigation and medium recording car navigation software
JP2003337030A (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-11-28 Sony Corp Map displaying system, map displaying method and program
JP2005207779A (en) * 2004-01-20 2005-08-04 Mazda Motor Corp Image display apparatus, method, and program for vehicle
JP2005326209A (en) * 2004-05-13 2005-11-24 Pioneer Electronic Corp Announcement control device, method and program, and storage medium recording the program
JP2006242810A (en) * 2005-03-04 2006-09-14 C's Lab Ltd Apparatus and program for displaying along-line object road
JP2010156601A (en) * 2008-12-26 2010-07-15 Pioneer Electronic Corp Facility retrieval device, facility retrieval method, facility retrieval program, and recording medium

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09178506A (en) * 1995-12-27 1997-07-11 Honda Motor Co Ltd Vehicle guide system
JPH1089981A (en) * 1996-09-17 1998-04-10 Mazda Motor Corp Navigation apparatus
JPH10281785A (en) * 1997-04-04 1998-10-23 Aisin Aw Co Ltd Navigation device for vehicle and medium storing computer program for navigation processing
JP2001174276A (en) * 1999-12-15 2001-06-29 Clarion Co Ltd System and method for car navigation and medium recording car navigation software
JP2003337030A (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-11-28 Sony Corp Map displaying system, map displaying method and program
JP2005207779A (en) * 2004-01-20 2005-08-04 Mazda Motor Corp Image display apparatus, method, and program for vehicle
JP2005326209A (en) * 2004-05-13 2005-11-24 Pioneer Electronic Corp Announcement control device, method and program, and storage medium recording the program
JP2006242810A (en) * 2005-03-04 2006-09-14 C's Lab Ltd Apparatus and program for displaying along-line object road
JP2010156601A (en) * 2008-12-26 2010-07-15 Pioneer Electronic Corp Facility retrieval device, facility retrieval method, facility retrieval program, and recording medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013136447A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium
US8924157B2 (en) Navigation device
JP4679182B2 (en) Map display method, map display program, and map display device
US20180259356A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program product for providing route guidance to multiple points of interest
US20080208450A1 (en) Navigation device and method for the graphic output of navigaton instructions
US20110288766A1 (en) Navigation device, navigation method, navigation program, and recording medium
JP2003202232A (en) Navigation device and map display device
JP5964946B2 (en) INFORMATION OUTPUT DEVICE, INFORMATION OUTPUT METHOD, INFORMATION OUTPUT PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM
JP5670721B2 (en) Navigation device
WO2013136450A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium
WO2013136453A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, program for display information generation, and information recording medium
WO2013136455A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, program for display information generation, and information recording medium
WO2013136452A1 (en) Display information generating device, display information generating method, program for display information generation, and information recording medium
CN102280065A (en) Road information display device
JP4785636B2 (en) Navigation device
JP6572654B2 (en) Route guidance system, route guidance method and computer program
WO2013136449A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium
WO2013136448A1 (en) Display information generation device, display information generation method, display information generation program, and information recording medium
JPWO2013136455A1 (en) Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
JPWO2013136448A1 (en) Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
JPWO2013136447A1 (en) Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
JPWO2013136450A1 (en) Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
JP6447360B2 (en) Information display device
JPWO2013136452A1 (en) Display information generating apparatus, display information generating method, display information generating program, and information recording medium
JP2005300168A (en) Navigation system and map display method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12871284

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12871284

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP